]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
* data/glr.c (b4_shared_declarations): Put start-header first,
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
195 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
196 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
197
198 Defining Language Semantics
199
200 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
201 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
202 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
203 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
204 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
205 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
206 action in the middle of a rule.
207
208 Tracking Locations
209
210 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
211 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
212 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
213
214 Bison Declarations
215
216 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
217 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
218 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
219 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
220 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
221 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
222 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
223 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
224 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
225 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
226 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
227
228 Parser C-Language Interface
229
230 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
231 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
232 which reads tokens.
233 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
234 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
235 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
236 native language.
237
238 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
239
240 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
241 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
242 of the token it has read.
243 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
244 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
245 actions want that.
246 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
247 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
248
249 The Bison Parser Algorithm
250
251 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
252 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
253 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
254 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
255 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
256 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
257 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
258 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
259 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
260
261 Operator Precedence
262
263 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
264 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
265 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
266 * How Precedence:: How they work.
267
268 Handling Context Dependencies
269
270 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
271 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
272 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
273 error recovery rules must be written.
274
275 Debugging Your Parser
276
277 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
278 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
279
280 Invoking Bison
281
282 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
283 in alphabetical order by short options.
284 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
285 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
286
287 C++ Language Interface
288
289 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
290 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
291
292 C++ Parsers
293
294 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
295 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
296 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
297 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
298 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
299
300 A Complete C++ Example
301
302 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
303 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
304 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
305 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
306 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
307
308 Frequently Asked Questions
309
310 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
311 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
312 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
313 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
314 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
315 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
316 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
317 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
318 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
319 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
320 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
321 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
322
323 Copying This Manual
324
325 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
326
327 @end detailmenu
328 @end menu
329
330 @node Introduction
331 @unnumbered Introduction
332 @cindex introduction
333
334 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
335 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
336 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
337 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
338 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
339
340 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
341 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
342 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
343 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
344
345 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
346 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
347 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
348 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
349
350 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
351 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
352 multi-character string literals and other features.
353
354 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
355
356 @node Conditions
357 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
358
359 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
360 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
361 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
362 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
363 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
364
365 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
366 compiler, have never
367 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
368 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
369 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
370 License to all of the Bison source code.
371
372 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
373 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
374 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
375 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
376 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
377 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
378 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
379
380 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
381 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
382 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
383 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
384 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
385 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
386
387 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
388 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
389 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
390 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
391 exception.
392
393 @include gpl.texi
394
395 @node Concepts
396 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
397
398 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
399 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
400 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
401
402 @menu
403 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
404 as mathematical ideas.
405 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
406 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
407 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
408 the name of an identifier, etc.).
409 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
410 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
411 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
412 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
413 how is the output used?
414 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
415 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
416 @end menu
417
418 @node Language and Grammar
419 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
420
421 @cindex context-free grammar
422 @cindex grammar, context-free
423 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
424 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
425 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
426 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
427 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
428 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
429 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
430 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
431 recursion.
432
433 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
434 @cindex Backus-Naur form
435 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
436 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
437 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
438 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
439 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
440
441 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
442 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
443 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
444 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
445 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
446 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
447 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
448 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
449 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
450 restrictions that are
451 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
452 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
453 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
454 more information on this.
455
456 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
457 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
458 @cindex ambiguous grammars
459 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
460
461 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
462 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
463 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
464 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
465 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
466 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
467 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
468 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
469 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
470 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
471 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
472 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
473 possible parses of any given string is finite.
474
475 @cindex symbols (abstract)
476 @cindex token
477 @cindex syntactic grouping
478 @cindex grouping, syntactic
479 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
480 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
481 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
482 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
483 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
484 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
485 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
486
487 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
488 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
489 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
490 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
491 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
492 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
493 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
494 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
495 lexicography, not grammar.)
496
497 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
498
499 @ifinfo
500 @example
501 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
502 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
503 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
504 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
505 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
506 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
507 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
508 @end example
509 @end ifinfo
510 @ifnotinfo
511 @example
512 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
513 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
514 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
515 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
516 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
517 @end example
518 @end ifnotinfo
519
520 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
521 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
522 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
523 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
524 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
525 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
526 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
527 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
528
529 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
530 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
531 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
532 reads informally as follows:
533
534 @quotation
535 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
536 `semicolon'.
537 @end quotation
538
539 @noindent
540 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
541 statement in C.
542
543 @cindex start symbol
544 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
545 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
546 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
547 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
548 plays this role.
549
550 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
551 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
552 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
553 not the start symbol.
554
555 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
556 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
557 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
558 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
559 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
560 reports a syntax error.
561
562 @node Grammar in Bison
563 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
564 @cindex Bison grammar
565 @cindex grammar, Bison
566 @cindex formal grammar
567
568 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
569 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
570 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
571
572 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
573 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
574 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
575
576 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
577 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
578 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
579 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
580 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
581 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
582 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
583 @xref{Symbols}.
584
585 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
586 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
587 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
588 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
589
590 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
591 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
592
593 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
594 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
595 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
596 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
597 used in every rule.
598
599 @example
600 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
601 ;
602 @end example
603
604 @noindent
605 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
606
607 @node Semantic Values
608 @section Semantic Values
609 @cindex semantic value
610 @cindex value, semantic
611
612 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
613 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
614 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
615 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
616 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
617 grammatical.
618
619 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
620 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
621 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
622 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
623 ,Defining Language Semantics},
624 for details.
625
626 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
627 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
628 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
629 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
630 except their types.
631
632 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
633 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
634 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
635 need to have any semantic value.)
636
637 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
638 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
639 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
640 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
641 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
642 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
643
644 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
645 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
646 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
647 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
648 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
649
650 @node Semantic Actions
651 @section Semantic Actions
652 @cindex semantic actions
653 @cindex actions, semantic
654
655 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
656 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
657 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
658 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
659 @xref{Actions}.
660
661 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
662 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
663 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
664 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
665 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
666 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
667 newly recognized larger expression.
668
669 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
670 two subexpressions:
671
672 @example
673 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
674 ;
675 @end example
676
677 @noindent
678 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
679 from the values of the two subexpressions.
680
681 @node GLR Parsers
682 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
683 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
684 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
685 @findex %glr-parser
686 @cindex conflicts
687 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
688 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
689
690 In some grammars, Bison's standard
691 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
692 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
693 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
694 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
695 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
696 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
697 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
699
700 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
701 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
702 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
703 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
704 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
705 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
706 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
707 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
708 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
709 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
710 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
711 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
712 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
713 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
714 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
715 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
716 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
717 identical set of symbols.
718
719 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
720 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
721 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
722 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
723 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
724 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
725 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
726 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
727 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
728 merged result.
729
730 @menu
731 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
732 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
733 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
734 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
735 @end menu
736
737 @node Simple GLR Parsers
738 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
739 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
740 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @findex %glr-parser
742 @findex %expect-rr
743 @cindex conflicts
744 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
745 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
746
747 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
748 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
749 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
750 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
751 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
752 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
753
754 Consider a problem that
755 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
756 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
757
758 @example
759 type subrange = lo .. hi;
760 type enum = (a, b, c);
761 @end example
762
763 @noindent
764 The original language standard allows only numeric
765 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
766 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
767 10206) and many other
768 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
769 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
770 parentheses:
771
772 @example
773 type subrange = (a) .. b;
774 @end example
775
776 @noindent
777 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
778 type with only one value:
779
780 @example
781 type enum = (a);
782 @end example
783
784 @noindent
785 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
786 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
787
788 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
789 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
790 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
791 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
792 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
793 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
794 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
795 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
796
797 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
798 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
799 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
800 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
801 expressions.
802
803 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
804 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
805 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
806 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
807 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
808 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
809 work.
810
811 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
812 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
813 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
814 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
815 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
816 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
817 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
818 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
819 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
820 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
821 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
822
823 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
824 reports a syntax error as usual.
825
826 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
827 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
828 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
829 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
830 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
831
832 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
833 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
834 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
835 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
836 The present example contains only one conflict between two
837 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
838 cannot be nested. So the number of
839 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
840 and the parsing time is still linear.
841
842 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
843 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
844
845 @example
846 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
847
848 @group
849 %left '+' '-'
850 %left '*' '/'
851 @end group
852
853 %%
854
855 @group
856 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
857 ;
858 @end group
859
860 @group
861 type : '(' id_list ')'
862 | expr DOTDOT expr
863 ;
864 @end group
865
866 @group
867 id_list : ID
868 | id_list ',' ID
869 ;
870 @end group
871
872 @group
873 expr : '(' expr ')'
874 | expr '+' expr
875 | expr '-' expr
876 | expr '*' expr
877 | expr '/' expr
878 | ID
879 ;
880 @end group
881 @end example
882
883 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
884 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
885 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
886 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
887 recognized:
888
889 @example
890 type t = (a) .. b;
891 @end example
892
893 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
894 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
895 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
896 @samp{%%}):
897
898 @example
899 %glr-parser
900 %expect-rr 1
901 @end example
902
903 @noindent
904 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
905 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
906 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
907 notice when the parser splits.
908
909 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
910 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
911 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
912 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
913 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
914 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
915 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
916 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
917 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
918 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
919 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
920 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
921 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
922 correctness.
923
924 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
925 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
926 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
927 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
928 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
929 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
930
931 @node Merging GLR Parses
932 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
933 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
934 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @findex %dprec
936 @findex %merge
937 @cindex conflicts
938 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
939
940 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
941
942 @example
943 %@{
944 #include <stdio.h>
945 #define YYSTYPE char const *
946 int yylex (void);
947 void yyerror (char const *);
948 %@}
949
950 %token TYPENAME ID
951
952 %right '='
953 %left '+'
954
955 %glr-parser
956
957 %%
958
959 prog :
960 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
961 ;
962
963 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
964 | decl %dprec 2
965 ;
966
967 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
968 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
969 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
970 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
971 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
972 ;
973
974 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
975 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
976 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
977 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
978 ;
979
980 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
981 | '(' declarator ')'
982 ;
983 @end example
984
985 @noindent
986 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
987 certain declarations and statements. For example,
988
989 @example
990 T (x) = y+z;
991 @end example
992
993 @noindent
994 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
995 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
996 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
997 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
998 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
999 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1000 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1001 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1002 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1003 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1004 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1005 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1006 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1007 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1008
1009 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1010 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1011 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1012 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1013 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1014 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1015 The parser therefore prints
1016
1017 @example
1018 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1019 @end example
1020
1021 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1022 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1023
1024 @example
1025 T (x) + y;
1026 @end example
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1030 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1031 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1032 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1033 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1034 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1035 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1036 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1037 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1038 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1039
1040 @example
1041 x T <cast> y +
1042 @end example
1043
1044 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1045 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1046 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1047 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1048 follows:
1049
1050 @example
1051 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1052 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 ;
1054 @end example
1055
1056 @noindent
1057 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1058
1059 @example
1060 static YYSTYPE
1061 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1062 @{
1063 printf ("<OR> ");
1064 return "";
1065 @}
1066 @end example
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 with an accompanying forward declaration
1070 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1071
1072 @example
1073 %@{
1074 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1075 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1076 %@}
1077 @end example
1078
1079 @noindent
1080 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1081 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1082
1083 @example
1084 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1085 @end example
1086
1087 Bison requires that all of the
1088 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1089 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1090 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1091 the offending merge.
1092
1093 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1094 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1095
1096 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1097 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1098 the associated reduction.
1099 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1100 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1101
1102 @vindex yychar
1103 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1104 @vindex yylval
1105 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1106 @vindex yylloc
1107 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1108 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1109 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1110 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1111 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1112 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1113 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1114 influence syntax analysis.
1115 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1116
1117 @findex yyclearin
1118 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1119 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1120 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1121 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1122 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1123 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1124 future versions of Bison.
1125 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1126 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1127 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1128
1129 @findex YYERROR
1130 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1131 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1132 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1133 initiate error recovery.
1134 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1135 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1136 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1137 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1138
1139 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1140 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1141
1142 @node Compiler Requirements
1143 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1144 @cindex @code{inline}
1145 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1146
1147 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1148 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1149 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1150 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1151 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1152 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1153
1154 @example
1155 %@{
1156 #include <config.h>
1157 %@}
1158 @end example
1159
1160 @noindent
1161 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1162
1163 @example
1164 %@{
1165 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1166 #define inline
1167 #endif
1168 %@}
1169 @end example
1170
1171 @node Locations Overview
1172 @section Locations
1173 @cindex location
1174 @cindex textual location
1175 @cindex location, textual
1176
1177 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1178 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1179 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1180 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1181
1182 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1183 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1184 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1185 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1186
1187 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1188 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1189 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1190 @code{@@3}.
1191
1192 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1193 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1194 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1195 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1196 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1197 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1198 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1199
1200 @node Bison Parser
1201 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1202 @cindex Bison parser
1203 @cindex Bison utility
1204 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1205 @cindex parser
1206
1207 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1208 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1209 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1210 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1211 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1212 program.
1213
1214 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1215 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1216 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1217 uses.
1218
1219 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1220 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1221 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1222 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1223 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1224 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1225 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1226
1227 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1228 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1229 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1230 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1231 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1232 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1233 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1234 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1235
1236 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1237 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1238 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1239 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1240 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1241 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1242 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1243 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1244 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1245 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1246 meanings.
1247
1248 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1249 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1250 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1251 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1252 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1253 included if message translation is in use
1254 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1255 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1256 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1257
1258 @node Stages
1259 @section Stages in Using Bison
1260 @cindex stages in using Bison
1261 @cindex using Bison
1262
1263 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1264 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1265
1266 @enumerate
1267 @item
1268 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1269 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1270 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1271 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1272 sequence of C statements.
1273
1274 @item
1275 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1276 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1277 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1278 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1279
1280 @item
1281 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1282
1283 @item
1284 Write error-reporting routines.
1285 @end enumerate
1286
1287 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1288 must follow these steps:
1289
1290 @enumerate
1291 @item
1292 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1293
1294 @item
1295 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1296
1297 @item
1298 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1299 @end enumerate
1300
1301 @node Grammar Layout
1302 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1303 @cindex grammar file
1304 @cindex file format
1305 @cindex format of grammar file
1306 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1307
1308 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1309 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1310
1311 @example
1312 %@{
1313 @var{Prologue}
1314 %@}
1315
1316 @var{Bison declarations}
1317
1318 %%
1319 @var{Grammar rules}
1320 %%
1321 @var{Epilogue}
1322 @end example
1323
1324 @noindent
1325 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1326 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1327
1328 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1329 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1330 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1331 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1332 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1333 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1334
1335 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1336 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1337 semantic values of various symbols.
1338
1339 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1340 parts.
1341
1342 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1343 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1344 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1345
1346 @node Examples
1347 @chapter Examples
1348 @cindex simple examples
1349 @cindex examples, simple
1350
1351 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1352 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1353 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1354 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1355 desk-top calculator.
1356
1357 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1358 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1359 source file to try them.
1360
1361 @menu
1362 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1363 a first example with no operator precedence.
1364 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1365 Operator precedence is introduced.
1366 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1367 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1368 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1369 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1370 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1371 @end menu
1372
1373 @node RPN Calc
1374 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1375 @cindex reverse polish notation
1376 @cindex polish notation calculator
1377 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1378 @cindex calculator, simple
1379
1380 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1381 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1382 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1383 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1384
1385 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1386 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1387
1388 @menu
1389 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1390 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1391 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1392 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1393 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1394 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1395 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1396 @end menu
1397
1398 @node Rpcalc Decls
1399 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1400
1401 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1402 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1403
1404 @example
1405 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1406
1407 %@{
1408 #define YYSTYPE double
1409 #include <math.h>
1410 int yylex (void);
1411 void yyerror (char const *);
1412 %@}
1413
1414 %token NUM
1415
1416 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1417 @end example
1418
1419 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1420 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1421
1422 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1423 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1424 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1425 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1426 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1427 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1428 which is a floating point number.
1429
1430 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1431 function @code{pow}.
1432
1433 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1434 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1435 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1436 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1437 prologue.
1438
1439 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1440 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1441 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1442 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1443 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1444 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1445 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1446 type for numeric constants.
1447
1448 @node Rpcalc Rules
1449 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1450
1451 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1452
1453 @example
1454 input: /* empty */
1455 | input line
1456 ;
1457
1458 line: '\n'
1459 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1460 ;
1461
1462 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1463 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1464 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1467 /* Exponentiation */
1468 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1469 /* Unary minus */
1470 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1471 ;
1472 %%
1473 @end example
1474
1475 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1476 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1477 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1478 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1479 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1480 mean.
1481
1482 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1483 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1484 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1485
1486 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1487 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1488 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1489 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1490 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1491 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1492
1493 @menu
1494 * Rpcalc Input::
1495 * Rpcalc Line::
1496 * Rpcalc Expr::
1497 @end menu
1498
1499 @node Rpcalc Input
1500 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1501
1502 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1503
1504 @example
1505 input: /* empty */
1506 | input line
1507 ;
1508 @end example
1509
1510 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1511 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1512 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1513 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1514 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1515
1516 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1517 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1518 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1519 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1520 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1521 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1522
1523 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1524 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1525 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1526 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1527 more times.
1528
1529 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1530 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1531 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1532
1533 @node Rpcalc Line
1534 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1535
1536 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1537
1538 @example
1539 line: '\n'
1540 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1541 ;
1542 @end example
1543
1544 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1545 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1546 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1547 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1548 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1549 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1550 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1551
1552 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1553 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1554 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1555 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1556 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1557
1558 @node Rpcalc Expr
1559 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1560
1561 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1562 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1563 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1564 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1565
1566 @example
1567 exp: NUM
1568 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1569 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1570 @dots{}
1571 ;
1572 @end example
1573
1574 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1575 equally well have written them separately:
1576
1577 @example
1578 exp: NUM ;
1579 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1580 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1581 @dots{}
1582 @end example
1583
1584 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1585 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1586 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1587 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1588 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1589 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1590 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1591 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1592
1593 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1594 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1595 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1596
1597 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1598 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1599 For example, this:
1600
1601 @example
1602 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1603 @end example
1604
1605 @noindent
1606 means the same thing as this:
1607
1608 @example
1609 exp: NUM
1610 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1611 | @dots{}
1612 ;
1613 @end example
1614
1615 @noindent
1616 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1617
1618 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1619 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1620 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1621 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1622
1623 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1624 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1625 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1626 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1627
1628 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1629 calculator. This
1630 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1631 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1632 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1633 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1634
1635 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1636 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1637 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1638 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1639 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1640 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1641 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1642 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1643 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1644
1645 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1646 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1647 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1648 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1649 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1650
1651 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1652 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1653
1654 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1655
1656 @example
1657 @group
1658 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1659 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1660 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1661 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1662
1663 #include <ctype.h>
1664 @end group
1665
1666 @group
1667 int
1668 yylex (void)
1669 @{
1670 int c;
1671
1672 /* Skip white space. */
1673 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1674 ;
1675 @end group
1676 @group
1677 /* Process numbers. */
1678 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1679 @{
1680 ungetc (c, stdin);
1681 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1682 return NUM;
1683 @}
1684 @end group
1685 @group
1686 /* Return end-of-input. */
1687 if (c == EOF)
1688 return 0;
1689 /* Return a single char. */
1690 return c;
1691 @}
1692 @end group
1693 @end example
1694
1695 @node Rpcalc Main
1696 @subsection The Controlling Function
1697 @cindex controlling function
1698 @cindex main function in simple example
1699
1700 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1701 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1702 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1703
1704 @example
1705 @group
1706 int
1707 main (void)
1708 @{
1709 return yyparse ();
1710 @}
1711 @end group
1712 @end example
1713
1714 @node Rpcalc Error
1715 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1716 @cindex error reporting routine
1717
1718 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1719 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1720 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1721 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1722 here is the definition we will use:
1723
1724 @example
1725 @group
1726 #include <stdio.h>
1727
1728 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1729 void
1730 yyerror (char const *s)
1731 @{
1732 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1733 @}
1734 @end group
1735 @end example
1736
1737 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1738 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1739 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1740 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1741 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1742 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1743
1744 @node Rpcalc Gen
1745 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1746 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1747
1748 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1749 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1750 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1751 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1752 end, in the epilogue of the file
1753 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1754
1755 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1756 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1757
1758 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1759 convert it into a parser file:
1760
1761 @example
1762 bison @var{file}.y
1763 @end example
1764
1765 @noindent
1766 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1767 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1768 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1769 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1770 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1771 are copied verbatim to the output.
1772
1773 @node Rpcalc Compile
1774 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1775 @cindex compiling the parser
1776
1777 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1778
1779 @example
1780 @group
1781 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1782 $ @kbd{ls}
1783 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1784 @end group
1785
1786 @group
1787 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1788 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1789 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1790 @end group
1791
1792 @group
1793 # @r{List files again.}
1794 $ @kbd{ls}
1795 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1796 @end group
1797 @end example
1798
1799 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1800 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1801
1802 @example
1803 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1804 @kbd{4 9 +}
1805 13
1806 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1807 -13
1808 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1809 13
1810 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1811 -3.166666667
1812 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1813 81
1814 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1815 $
1816 @end example
1817
1818 @node Infix Calc
1819 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1820 @cindex infix notation calculator
1821 @cindex @code{calc}
1822 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1823
1824 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1825 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1826 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1827 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1828
1829 @example
1830 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1831
1832 %@{
1833 #define YYSTYPE double
1834 #include <math.h>
1835 #include <stdio.h>
1836 int yylex (void);
1837 void yyerror (char const *);
1838 %@}
1839
1840 /* Bison declarations. */
1841 %token NUM
1842 %left '-' '+'
1843 %left '*' '/'
1844 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1845 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1846
1847 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1848 input: /* empty */
1849 | input line
1850 ;
1851
1852 line: '\n'
1853 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1854 ;
1855
1856 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1857 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1858 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1859 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1860 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1861 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1862 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1863 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1864 ;
1865 %%
1866 @end example
1867
1868 @noindent
1869 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1870 same as before.
1871
1872 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1873
1874 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1875 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1876 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1877 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1878 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1879 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1880 the associativity.)
1881
1882 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1883 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1884 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1885 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1886 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1887 Precedence}.
1888
1889 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1890 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1891 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1892 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1893 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1894
1895 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1896
1897 @need 500
1898 @example
1899 $ @kbd{calc}
1900 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1901 6.880952381
1902 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1903 -54
1904 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1905 9
1906 @end example
1907
1908 @node Simple Error Recovery
1909 @section Simple Error Recovery
1910 @cindex error recovery, simple
1911
1912 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1913 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1914 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1915 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1916 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1917 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1918
1919 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1920 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1921 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1922
1923 @example
1924 @group
1925 line: '\n'
1926 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1927 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1928 ;
1929 @end group
1930 @end example
1931
1932 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1933 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1934 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1935 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1936 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1937 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1938 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1939 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1940 misprint.
1941
1942 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1943 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1944 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1945 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1946 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1947 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1948 Bison programs.
1949
1950 @node Location Tracking Calc
1951 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1952 @cindex location tracking calculator
1953 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1954 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1955
1956 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1957 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1958 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1959 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1960 analyzer.
1961
1962 @menu
1963 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1964 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1965 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1966 @end menu
1967
1968 @node Ltcalc Decls
1969 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1970
1971 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1972 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1973
1974 @example
1975 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1976
1977 %@{
1978 #define YYSTYPE int
1979 #include <math.h>
1980 int yylex (void);
1981 void yyerror (char const *);
1982 %@}
1983
1984 /* Bison declarations. */
1985 %token NUM
1986
1987 %left '-' '+'
1988 %left '*' '/'
1989 %left NEG
1990 %right '^'
1991
1992 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1993 @end example
1994
1995 @noindent
1996 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1997 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1998 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
1999 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2000 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2001 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2002 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2003 start at 1.
2004
2005 @node Ltcalc Rules
2006 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2007
2008 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2009 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2010 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2011 from the new information.
2012
2013 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2014 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2015
2016 @example
2017 @group
2018 input : /* empty */
2019 | input line
2020 ;
2021 @end group
2022
2023 @group
2024 line : '\n'
2025 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2026 ;
2027 @end group
2028
2029 @group
2030 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2031 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2032 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2033 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2034 @end group
2035 @group
2036 | exp '/' exp
2037 @{
2038 if ($3)
2039 $$ = $1 / $3;
2040 else
2041 @{
2042 $$ = 1;
2043 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2044 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2045 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2046 @}
2047 @}
2048 @end group
2049 @group
2050 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2051 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2052 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2053 @end group
2054 @end example
2055
2056 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2057 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2058 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2059
2060 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2061 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2062 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2063 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2064 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2065 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2066 hand.
2067
2068 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2069 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2070
2071 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2072 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2073 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2074 semantic values.
2075
2076 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2077 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2078
2079 @example
2080 @group
2081 int
2082 yylex (void)
2083 @{
2084 int c;
2085 @end group
2086
2087 @group
2088 /* Skip white space. */
2089 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2090 ++yylloc.last_column;
2091 @end group
2092
2093 @group
2094 /* Step. */
2095 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2096 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2097 @end group
2098
2099 @group
2100 /* Process numbers. */
2101 if (isdigit (c))
2102 @{
2103 yylval = c - '0';
2104 ++yylloc.last_column;
2105 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2106 @{
2107 ++yylloc.last_column;
2108 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2109 @}
2110 ungetc (c, stdin);
2111 return NUM;
2112 @}
2113 @end group
2114
2115 /* Return end-of-input. */
2116 if (c == EOF)
2117 return 0;
2118
2119 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2120 if (c == '\n')
2121 @{
2122 ++yylloc.last_line;
2123 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2124 @}
2125 else
2126 ++yylloc.last_column;
2127 return c;
2128 @}
2129 @end example
2130
2131 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2132 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2133 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2134 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2135
2136 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2137 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2138 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2139 controlling function:
2140
2141 @example
2142 @group
2143 int
2144 main (void)
2145 @{
2146 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2147 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2148 return yyparse ();
2149 @}
2150 @end group
2151 @end example
2152
2153 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2154 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2155 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2156
2157 @node Multi-function Calc
2158 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2159 @cindex multi-function calculator
2160 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2161 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2162
2163 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2164 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2165 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2166 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2167 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2168
2169 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2170 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2171 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2172 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2173 functions whose syntax has this form:
2174
2175 @example
2176 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2177 @end example
2178
2179 @noindent
2180 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2181 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2182 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2183
2184 @example
2185 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2186 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2187 3.1415926536
2188 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2189 0.0000000000
2190 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2191 2.3000000000
2192 @kbd{alpha}
2193 2.3000000000
2194 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2195 0.8329091229
2196 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2197 2.3000000000
2198 $
2199 @end example
2200
2201 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2202
2203 @menu
2204 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2205 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2206 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2207 @end menu
2208
2209 @node Mfcalc Decl
2210 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2211
2212 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2213
2214 @smallexample
2215 @group
2216 %@{
2217 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2218 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2219 int yylex (void);
2220 void yyerror (char const *);
2221 %@}
2222 @end group
2223 @group
2224 %union @{
2225 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2226 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2227 @}
2228 @end group
2229 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2230 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2231 %type <val> exp
2232
2233 @group
2234 %right '='
2235 %left '-' '+'
2236 %left '*' '/'
2237 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2238 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2239 @end group
2240 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2241 @end smallexample
2242
2243 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2244 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2245 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2246
2247 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2248 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2249 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2250 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2251
2252 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2253 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2254 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2255 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2256 between angle brackets).
2257
2258 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2259 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2260 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2261 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2262 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2263 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2264
2265 @node Mfcalc Rules
2266 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2267
2268 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2269 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2270 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2271
2272 @smallexample
2273 @group
2274 input: /* empty */
2275 | input line
2276 ;
2277 @end group
2278
2279 @group
2280 line:
2281 '\n'
2282 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2283 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2284 ;
2285 @end group
2286
2287 @group
2288 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2289 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2290 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2291 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2292 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2293 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2294 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2295 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2296 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2297 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2298 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2299 ;
2300 @end group
2301 /* End of grammar. */
2302 %%
2303 @end smallexample
2304
2305 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2306 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2307 @cindex symbol table example
2308
2309 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2310 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2311 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2312 requires some additional C functions for support.
2313
2314 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2315 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2316 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2317
2318 @smallexample
2319 @group
2320 /* Function type. */
2321 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2322 @end group
2323
2324 @group
2325 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2326 struct symrec
2327 @{
2328 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2329 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2330 union
2331 @{
2332 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2333 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2334 @} value;
2335 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2336 @};
2337 @end group
2338
2339 @group
2340 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2341
2342 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2343 extern symrec *sym_table;
2344
2345 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2346 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2347 @end group
2348 @end smallexample
2349
2350 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2351 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2352 @code{init_table} as well:
2353
2354 @smallexample
2355 #include <stdio.h>
2356
2357 @group
2358 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2359 void
2360 yyerror (char const *s)
2361 @{
2362 printf ("%s\n", s);
2363 @}
2364 @end group
2365
2366 @group
2367 struct init
2368 @{
2369 char const *fname;
2370 double (*fnct) (double);
2371 @};
2372 @end group
2373
2374 @group
2375 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2376 @{
2377 "sin", sin,
2378 "cos", cos,
2379 "atan", atan,
2380 "ln", log,
2381 "exp", exp,
2382 "sqrt", sqrt,
2383 0, 0
2384 @};
2385 @end group
2386
2387 @group
2388 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2389 symrec *sym_table;
2390 @end group
2391
2392 @group
2393 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2394 void
2395 init_table (void)
2396 @{
2397 int i;
2398 symrec *ptr;
2399 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2400 @{
2401 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2402 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2403 @}
2404 @}
2405 @end group
2406
2407 @group
2408 int
2409 main (void)
2410 @{
2411 init_table ();
2412 return yyparse ();
2413 @}
2414 @end group
2415 @end smallexample
2416
2417 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2418 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2419
2420 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2421 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2422 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2423 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2424 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2425 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2426
2427 @smallexample
2428 symrec *
2429 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2430 @{
2431 symrec *ptr;
2432 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2433 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2434 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2435 ptr->type = sym_type;
2436 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2437 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2438 sym_table = ptr;
2439 return ptr;
2440 @}
2441
2442 symrec *
2443 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2444 @{
2445 symrec *ptr;
2446 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2447 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2448 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2449 return ptr;
2450 return 0;
2451 @}
2452 @end smallexample
2453
2454 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2455 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2456 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2457 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2458
2459 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2460 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2461 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2462 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2463 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2464 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2465
2466 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2467 operators in @code{yylex}.
2468
2469 @smallexample
2470 @group
2471 #include <ctype.h>
2472 @end group
2473
2474 @group
2475 int
2476 yylex (void)
2477 @{
2478 int c;
2479
2480 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2481 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2482
2483 if (c == EOF)
2484 return 0;
2485 @end group
2486
2487 @group
2488 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2489 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2490 @{
2491 ungetc (c, stdin);
2492 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2493 return NUM;
2494 @}
2495 @end group
2496
2497 @group
2498 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2499 if (isalpha (c))
2500 @{
2501 symrec *s;
2502 static char *symbuf = 0;
2503 static int length = 0;
2504 int i;
2505 @end group
2506
2507 @group
2508 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2509 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2510 if (length == 0)
2511 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2512
2513 i = 0;
2514 do
2515 @end group
2516 @group
2517 @{
2518 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2519 if (i == length)
2520 @{
2521 length *= 2;
2522 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2523 @}
2524 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2525 symbuf[i++] = c;
2526 /* Get another character. */
2527 c = getchar ();
2528 @}
2529 @end group
2530 @group
2531 while (isalnum (c));
2532
2533 ungetc (c, stdin);
2534 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2535 @end group
2536
2537 @group
2538 s = getsym (symbuf);
2539 if (s == 0)
2540 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2541 yylval.tptr = s;
2542 return s->type;
2543 @}
2544
2545 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2546 return c;
2547 @}
2548 @end group
2549 @end smallexample
2550
2551 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2552 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2553 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2554
2555 @node Exercises
2556 @section Exercises
2557 @cindex exercises
2558
2559 @enumerate
2560 @item
2561 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2562
2563 @item
2564 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2565 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2566 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2567
2568 @item
2569 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2570 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2571 @end enumerate
2572
2573 @node Grammar File
2574 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2575
2576 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2577 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2578
2579 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2580 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2581
2582 @menu
2583 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2584 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2585 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2586 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2587 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2588 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2589 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2590 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2591 @end menu
2592
2593 @node Grammar Outline
2594 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2595
2596 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2597 appropriate delimiters:
2598
2599 @example
2600 %@{
2601 @var{Prologue}
2602 %@}
2603
2604 @var{Bison declarations}
2605
2606 %%
2607 @var{Grammar rules}
2608 %%
2609
2610 @var{Epilogue}
2611 @end example
2612
2613 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2614 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2615 continues until end of line.
2616
2617 @menu
2618 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2619 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2620 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2621 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2622 @end menu
2623
2624 @node Prologue
2625 @subsection The prologue
2626 @cindex declarations section
2627 @cindex Prologue
2628 @cindex declarations
2629
2630 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2631 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2632 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2633 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2634 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2635 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2636 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2637
2638 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2639 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2640 character constant.
2641
2642 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2643 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2644 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2645 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2646 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2647 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2648 @code{%union} declaration.
2649
2650 @smallexample
2651 %@{
2652 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2653 #include <stdio.h>
2654 #include "ptypes.h"
2655 %@}
2656
2657 %union @{
2658 long int n;
2659 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2660 @}
2661
2662 %@{
2663 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2664 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2665 %@}
2666
2667 @dots{}
2668 @end smallexample
2669
2670 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2671 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2672 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2673 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2674 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2675 @code{#include} directives.
2676
2677 @findex %before-header
2678 @findex %start-header
2679 @findex %after-header
2680 If you've instructed Bison to generate a header file (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
2681 ,%defines}), you probably want @code{#include "ptypes.h"} to appear
2682 in that header file as well.
2683 In that case, use @code{%before-header}, @code{%start-header}, and
2684 @code{%after-header} instead of @var{Prologue} sections
2685 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}):
2686
2687 @smallexample
2688 %before-header @{
2689 #include <stdio.h>
2690 @}
2691
2692 %start-header @{
2693 #include "ptypes.h"
2694 @}
2695 %union @{
2696 long int n;
2697 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2698 @}
2699
2700 %after-header @{
2701 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2702 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2703 @}
2704
2705 @dots{}
2706 @end smallexample
2707
2708 @node Bison Declarations
2709 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2710 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2711 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2712
2713 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2714 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2715 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2716 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2717
2718 @node Grammar Rules
2719 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2720 @cindex grammar rules section
2721 @cindex rules section for grammar
2722
2723 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2724 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2725
2726 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2727 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2728 if it is the first thing in the file.
2729
2730 @node Epilogue
2731 @subsection The epilogue
2732 @cindex additional C code section
2733 @cindex epilogue
2734 @cindex C code, section for additional
2735
2736 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2737 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2738 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2739 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2740 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2741 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2742 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2743 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2744 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2745
2746 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2747 from the grammar rules.
2748
2749 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2750 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2751 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2752 of the grammar file.
2753
2754 @node Symbols
2755 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2756 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2757 @cindex terminal symbol
2758 @cindex token type
2759 @cindex symbol
2760
2761 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
2762 of the language.
2763
2764 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
2765 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
2766 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
2767 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
2768 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
2769 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
2770 the symbol to stand for it.
2771
2772 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
2773 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
2774 By convention, it should be all lower case.
2775
2776 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
2777 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
2778
2779 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
2780
2781 @itemize @bullet
2782 @item
2783 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
2784 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
2785 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
2786 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
2787
2788 @item
2789 @cindex character token
2790 @cindex literal token
2791 @cindex single-character literal
2792 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
2793 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
2794 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
2795 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
2796 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
2797 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
2798 ,Operator Precedence}).
2799
2800 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
2801 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
2802 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
2803 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
2804 your program will confuse other readers.
2805
2806 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
2807 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
2808 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
2809 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
2810 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
2811 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
2812 allowed.
2813
2814 @item
2815 @cindex string token
2816 @cindex literal string token
2817 @cindex multicharacter literal
2818 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
2819 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
2820 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
2821 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
2822 (@pxref{Precedence}).
2823
2824 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
2825 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
2826 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
2827 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
2828 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
2829
2830 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
2831
2832 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
2833 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
2834 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
2835 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
2836 read your program will be confused.
2837
2838 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
2839 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
2840 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
2841 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
2842 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
2843 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
2844 @end itemize
2845
2846 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
2847 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
2848 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
2849
2850 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
2851 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
2852 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
2853 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
2854 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
2855 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
2856 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
2857 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
2858 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
2859 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
2860 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
2861 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
2862
2863 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
2864 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
2865 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
2866 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
2867 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2868
2869 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
2870 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
2871 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
2872 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
2873 characters in the following C-language string:
2874
2875 @example
2876 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
2877 @end example
2878
2879 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
2880 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
2881 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
2882 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
2883 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
2884 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
2885 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
2886 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
2887 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
2888 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
2889 compiling them.
2890
2891 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
2892 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
2893 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
2894 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
2895 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
2896
2897 @node Rules
2898 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
2899 @cindex rule syntax
2900 @cindex grammar rule syntax
2901 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
2902
2903 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
2904
2905 @example
2906 @group
2907 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
2908 ;
2909 @end group
2910 @end example
2911
2912 @noindent
2913 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
2914 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
2915 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
2916
2917 For example,
2918
2919 @example
2920 @group
2921 exp: exp '+' exp
2922 ;
2923 @end group
2924 @end example
2925
2926 @noindent
2927 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
2928 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
2929
2930 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
2931 extra white space as you wish.
2932
2933 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
2934 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
2935
2936 @example
2937 @{@var{C statements}@}
2938 @end example
2939
2940 @noindent
2941 @cindex braced code
2942 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
2943 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
2944 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
2945 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
2946 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
2947
2948 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
2949 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
2950 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
2951 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
2952 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
2953 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
2954 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
2955 character constants.
2956
2957 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
2958 @xref{Actions}.
2959
2960 @findex |
2961 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
2962 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
2963
2964 @example
2965 @group
2966 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
2967 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
2968 @dots{}
2969 ;
2970 @end group
2971 @end example
2972
2973 @noindent
2974 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
2975
2976 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
2977 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
2978 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
2979
2980 @example
2981 @group
2982 expseq: /* empty */
2983 | expseq1
2984 ;
2985 @end group
2986
2987 @group
2988 expseq1: exp
2989 | expseq1 ',' exp
2990 ;
2991 @end group
2992 @end example
2993
2994 @noindent
2995 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
2996 with no components.
2997
2998 @node Recursion
2999 @section Recursive Rules
3000 @cindex recursive rule
3001
3002 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3003 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3004 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3005 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3006 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3007
3008 @example
3009 @group
3010 expseq1: exp
3011 | expseq1 ',' exp
3012 ;
3013 @end group
3014 @end example
3015
3016 @cindex left recursion
3017 @cindex right recursion
3018 @noindent
3019 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3020 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3021 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3022
3023 @example
3024 @group
3025 expseq1: exp
3026 | exp ',' expseq1
3027 ;
3028 @end group
3029 @end example
3030
3031 @noindent
3032 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3033 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3034 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3035 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3036 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3037 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3038 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3039 of this.
3040
3041 @cindex mutual recursion
3042 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3043 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3044 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3045 side.
3046
3047 For example:
3048
3049 @example
3050 @group
3051 expr: primary
3052 | primary '+' primary
3053 ;
3054 @end group
3055
3056 @group
3057 primary: constant
3058 | '(' expr ')'
3059 ;
3060 @end group
3061 @end example
3062
3063 @noindent
3064 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3065 other.
3066
3067 @node Semantics
3068 @section Defining Language Semantics
3069 @cindex defining language semantics
3070 @cindex language semantics, defining
3071
3072 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3073 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3074 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3075
3076 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3077 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3078 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3079 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3080
3081 @menu
3082 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3083 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3084 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3085 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3086 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3087 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3088 action in the middle of a rule.
3089 @end menu
3090
3091 @node Value Type
3092 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3093 @cindex semantic value type
3094 @cindex value type, semantic
3095 @cindex data types of semantic values
3096 @cindex default data type
3097
3098 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3099 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3100 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3101 Notation Calculator}).
3102
3103 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3104 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3105 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3106
3107 @example
3108 #define YYSTYPE double
3109 @end example
3110
3111 @noindent
3112 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3113 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3114 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3115 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3116
3117 @node Multiple Types
3118 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3119
3120 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3121 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3122 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3123 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3124 symbol table.
3125
3126 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3127 requires you to do two things:
3128
3129 @itemize @bullet
3130 @item
3131 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3132 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3133 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3134 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3135 the type tags.
3136
3137 @item
3138 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3139 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3140 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3141 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3142 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3143 @end itemize
3144
3145 @node Actions
3146 @subsection Actions
3147 @cindex action
3148 @vindex $$
3149 @vindex $@var{n}
3150
3151 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3152 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3153 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3154 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3155
3156 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3157 placed at any position in the rule;
3158 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3159 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3160 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3161 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3162
3163 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3164 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3165 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3166 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3167 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3168 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3169 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3170
3171 Here is a typical example:
3172
3173 @example
3174 @group
3175 exp: @dots{}
3176 | exp '+' exp
3177 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3178 @end group
3179 @end example
3180
3181 @noindent
3182 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3183 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3184 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3185 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3186 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3187 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3188 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3189 referred to as @code{$2}.
3190
3191 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3192 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3193 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3194 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3195 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3196
3197 @example
3198 @group
3199 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3200 @end group
3201 @end example
3202
3203 @cindex default action
3204 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3205 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3206 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3207 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3208 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3209 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3210
3211 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3212 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3213 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3214 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3215 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3216
3217 @example
3218 @group
3219 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3220 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3221 ;
3222 @end group
3223
3224 @group
3225 bar: /* empty */
3226 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3227 ;
3228 @end group
3229 @end example
3230
3231 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3232 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3233 definition of @code{foo}.
3234
3235 @vindex yylval
3236 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3237 any, from a semantic action.
3238 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3239 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3240
3241 @node Action Types
3242 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3243 @cindex action data types
3244 @cindex data types in actions
3245
3246 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3247 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3248
3249 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3250 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3251 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3252 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3253 in the rule. In this example,
3254
3255 @example
3256 @group
3257 exp: @dots{}
3258 | exp '+' exp
3259 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3260 @end group
3261 @end example
3262
3263 @noindent
3264 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3265 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3266 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3267 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3268
3269 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3270 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3271 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3272
3273 @example
3274 @group
3275 %union @{
3276 int itype;
3277 double dtype;
3278 @}
3279 @end group
3280 @end example
3281
3282 @noindent
3283 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3284 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3285
3286 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3287 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3288 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3289 @cindex mid-rule actions
3290
3291 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3292 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3293 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3294
3295 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3296 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3297 it is run before they are parsed.
3298
3299 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3300 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3301 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3302 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3303 @code{$@var{n}}.
3304
3305 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3306 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3307 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3308 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3309 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3310 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3311
3312 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3313 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3314 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3315 at the end of the rule.
3316
3317 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3318 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3319 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3320 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3321 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3322 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3323
3324 @example
3325 @group
3326 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3327 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3328 declare_variable ($3); @}
3329 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3330 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3331 @end group
3332 @end example
3333
3334 @noindent
3335 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3336 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3337 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3338 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3339 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3340 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3341 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3342 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3343
3344 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3345 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3346 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3347 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3348 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3349
3350 @findex %destructor
3351 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3352 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3353 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3354 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3355 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3356 restoring it.
3357 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3358 Discarded Symbols}).
3359 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3360 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3361
3362 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3363 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3364
3365 @example
3366 @group
3367 %type <context> let
3368 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3369
3370 %%
3371
3372 stmt: let stmt
3373 @{ $$ = $2;
3374 pop_context ($1); @}
3375 ;
3376
3377 let: LET '(' var ')'
3378 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3379 declare_variable ($3); @}
3380 ;
3381
3382 @end group
3383 @end example
3384
3385 @noindent
3386 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3387 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3388 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3389
3390 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3391 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3392 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3393 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3394 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3395 declaration or not:
3396
3397 @example
3398 @group
3399 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3400 | '@{' statements '@}'
3401 ;
3402 @end group
3403 @end example
3404
3405 @noindent
3406 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3407
3408 @example
3409 @group
3410 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3411 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3412 @end group
3413 @group
3414 | '@{' statements '@}'
3415 ;
3416 @end group
3417 @end example
3418
3419 @noindent
3420 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3421 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3422 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3423 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3424 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3425 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3426
3427 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3428 actions into the two rules, like this:
3429
3430 @example
3431 @group
3432 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3433 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3434 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3435 '@{' statements '@}'
3436 ;
3437 @end group
3438 @end example
3439
3440 @noindent
3441 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3442 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3443
3444 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3445 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3446 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3447
3448 @example
3449 @group
3450 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3451 declarations statements '@}'
3452 | '@{' statements '@}'
3453 ;
3454 @end group
3455 @end example
3456
3457 @noindent
3458 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3459 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3460
3461 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3462 serves as a subroutine:
3463
3464 @example
3465 @group
3466 subroutine: /* empty */
3467 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3468 ;
3469
3470 @end group
3471
3472 @group
3473 compound: subroutine
3474 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3475 | subroutine
3476 '@{' statements '@}'
3477 ;
3478 @end group
3479 @end example
3480
3481 @noindent
3482 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3483 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3484
3485 @node Locations
3486 @section Tracking Locations
3487 @cindex location
3488 @cindex textual location
3489 @cindex location, textual
3490
3491 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3492 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3493 especially symbol locations.
3494
3495 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3496 actions to take when rules are matched.
3497
3498 @menu
3499 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3500 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3501 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3502 @end menu
3503
3504 @node Location Type
3505 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3506 @cindex data type of locations
3507 @cindex default location type
3508
3509 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3510 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3511
3512 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3513 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3514 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3515 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3516 four members:
3517
3518 @example
3519 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3520 @{
3521 int first_line;
3522 int first_column;
3523 int last_line;
3524 int last_column;
3525 @} YYLTYPE;
3526 @end example
3527
3528 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3529 for @code{yylloc}.
3530
3531 @node Actions and Locations
3532 @subsection Actions and Locations
3533 @cindex location actions
3534 @cindex actions, location
3535 @vindex @@$
3536 @vindex @@@var{n}
3537
3538 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3539 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3540
3541 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3542 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3543 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3544 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3545 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3546 @code{@@$}.
3547
3548 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3549
3550 @example
3551 @group
3552 exp: @dots{}
3553 | exp '/' exp
3554 @{
3555 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3556 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3557 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3558 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3559 if ($3)
3560 $$ = $1 / $3;
3561 else
3562 @{
3563 $$ = 1;
3564 fprintf (stderr,
3565 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3566 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3567 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3568 @}
3569 @}
3570 @end group
3571 @end example
3572
3573 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3574 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3575 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3576 last symbol.
3577
3578 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3579 example above simply rewrites this way:
3580
3581 @example
3582 @group
3583 exp: @dots{}
3584 | exp '/' exp
3585 @{
3586 if ($3)
3587 $$ = $1 / $3;
3588 else
3589 @{
3590 $$ = 1;
3591 fprintf (stderr,
3592 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3593 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3594 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3595 @}
3596 @}
3597 @end group
3598 @end example
3599
3600 @vindex yylloc
3601 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3602 from a semantic action.
3603 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3604 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3605
3606 @node Location Default Action
3607 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3608 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3609 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3610
3611 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3612 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3613 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3614 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3615 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3616 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3617 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3618 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3619 of that ambiguity.
3620
3621 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3622 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3623
3624 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3625 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3626 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3627 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3628 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3629 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3630 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3631 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3632 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3633 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3634
3635 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3636
3637 @smallexample
3638 @group
3639 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3640 do \
3641 if (N) \
3642 @{ \
3643 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3644 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3645 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3646 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3647 @} \
3648 else \
3649 @{ \
3650 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3651 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3652 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3653 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3654 @} \
3655 while (0)
3656 @end group
3657 @end smallexample
3658
3659 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3660 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3661 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3662
3663 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3664
3665 @itemize @bullet
3666 @item
3667 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3668 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3669
3670 @item
3671 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3672 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3673 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3674 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3675
3676 @item
3677 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3678 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3679 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3680 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3681 @end itemize
3682
3683 @node Declarations
3684 @section Bison Declarations
3685 @cindex declarations, Bison
3686 @cindex Bison declarations
3687
3688 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3689 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3690 @xref{Symbols}.
3691
3692 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3693 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3694 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3695 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3696
3697 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3698 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3699 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3700 Grammars}).
3701
3702 @menu
3703 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3704 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3705 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3706 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3707 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3708 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3709 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3710 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3711 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3712 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3713 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3714 @end menu
3715
3716 @node Require Decl
3717 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3718 @cindex version requirement
3719 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3720 @findex %require
3721
3722 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3723 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3724 status 63).
3725
3726 @example
3727 %require "@var{version}"
3728 @end example
3729
3730 @node Token Decl
3731 @subsection Token Type Names
3732 @cindex declaring token type names
3733 @cindex token type names, declaring
3734 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3735 @findex %token
3736
3737 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3738
3739 @example
3740 %token @var{name}
3741 @end example
3742
3743 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3744 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3745 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3746
3747 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3748 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3749 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3750 Precedence}.
3751
3752 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3753 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3754 following the token name:
3755
3756 @example
3757 %token NUM 300
3758 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
3759 @end example
3760
3761 @noindent
3762 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
3763 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
3764 with each other or with normal characters.
3765
3766 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
3767 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
3768 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
3769 Than One Value Type}).
3770
3771 For example:
3772
3773 @example
3774 @group
3775 %union @{ /* define stack type */
3776 double val;
3777 symrec *tptr;
3778 @}
3779 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
3780 @end group
3781 @end example
3782
3783 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
3784 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
3785 declaration which declares the name. For example:
3786
3787 @example
3788 %token arrow "=>"
3789 @end example
3790
3791 @noindent
3792 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
3793 equivalent literal string tokens:
3794
3795 @example
3796 %token <operator> OR "||"
3797 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
3798 %left OR "<="
3799 @end example
3800
3801 @noindent
3802 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
3803 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
3804 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
3805 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3806
3807 @node Precedence Decl
3808 @subsection Operator Precedence
3809 @cindex precedence declarations
3810 @cindex declaring operator precedence
3811 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
3812
3813 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
3814 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
3815 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
3816 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
3817 operator precedence.
3818
3819 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
3820 @code{%token}: either
3821
3822 @example
3823 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
3824 @end example
3825
3826 @noindent
3827 or
3828
3829 @example
3830 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
3831 @end example
3832
3833 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
3834 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
3835 all the @var{symbols}:
3836
3837 @itemize @bullet
3838 @item
3839 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
3840 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
3841 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
3842 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
3843 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
3844 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
3845 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
3846 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
3847 considered a syntax error.
3848
3849 @item
3850 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
3851 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
3852 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
3853 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
3854 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
3855 @end itemize
3856
3857 @node Union Decl
3858 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
3859 @cindex declaring value types
3860 @cindex value types, declaring
3861 @findex %union
3862
3863 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
3864 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
3865 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
3866 @code{union} in C@.
3867
3868 For example:
3869
3870 @example
3871 @group
3872 %union @{
3873 double val;
3874 symrec *tptr;
3875 @}
3876 @end group
3877 @end example
3878
3879 @noindent
3880 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
3881 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
3882 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
3883 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3884
3885 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
3886 @code{union}. For example:
3887
3888 @example
3889 @group
3890 %union value @{
3891 double val;
3892 symrec *tptr;
3893 @}
3894 @end group
3895 @end example
3896
3897 @noindent
3898 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
3899 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
3900 @code{YYSTYPE}.
3901
3902 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
3903 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
3904 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
3905
3906 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
3907 a semicolon after the closing brace.
3908
3909 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
3910 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
3911 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
3912 a header file @file{parser.h}:
3913
3914 @example
3915 @group
3916 union YYSTYPE @{
3917 double val;
3918 symrec *tptr;
3919 @};
3920 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
3921 @end group
3922 @end example
3923
3924 @noindent
3925 and then your grammar can use the following
3926 instead of @code{%union}:
3927
3928 @example
3929 @group
3930 %@{
3931 #include "parser.h"
3932 %@}
3933 %type <val> expr
3934 %token <tptr> ID
3935 @end group
3936 @end example
3937
3938 @node Type Decl
3939 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
3940 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
3941 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
3942 @findex %type
3943
3944 @noindent
3945 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
3946 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
3947 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
3948
3949 @example
3950 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
3951 @end example
3952
3953 @noindent
3954 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
3955 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
3956 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
3957 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
3958 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
3959 the symbol names.
3960
3961 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
3962 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
3963 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
3964 @code{<@var{type}>}.
3965
3966 @node Initial Action Decl
3967 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
3968 @findex %initial-action
3969
3970 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
3971 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
3972 code.
3973
3974 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
3975 @findex %initial-action
3976 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
3977 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
3978 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
3979 @code{%parse-param}.
3980 @end deffn
3981
3982 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
3983
3984 @example
3985 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
3986 %initial-action
3987 @{
3988 @@$.initialize (file_name);
3989 @};
3990 @end example
3991
3992
3993 @node Destructor Decl
3994 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
3995 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
3996 @findex %destructor
3997 @findex %symbol-default
3998
3999 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4000 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4001 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4002 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4003 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4004 must discard the start symbol.
4005
4006 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4007 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4008 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4009 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4010
4011 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4012 symbol is automatically discarded.
4013
4014 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4015 @findex %destructor
4016 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4017 @var{symbols}.
4018 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4019 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4020 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4021 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4022
4023 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4024 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4025 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4026 among @var{symbols}.
4027 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4028 grammar symbol that has that semantic type unless that symbol has its own
4029 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4030
4031 Finally, you may define a default @code{%destructor} by placing
4032 @code{%symbol-default} in the @var{symbols} list of exactly one
4033 @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4034 In that case, the parser will invoke the associated @var{code} whenever it
4035 discards any user-defined grammar symbol for which there is no per-type or
4036 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4037 @end deffn
4038
4039 @noindent
4040 For instance:
4041
4042 @smallexample
4043 %union @{ char *string; @}
4044 %token <string> STRING1
4045 %token <string> STRING2
4046 %type <string> string1
4047 %type <string> string2
4048 %union @{ char character; @}
4049 %token <character> CHR
4050 %type <character> chr
4051 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} %symbol-default
4052 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4053 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4054 @end smallexample
4055
4056 @noindent
4057 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4058 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4059 to @code{free}.
4060 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4061 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4062 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4063 @code{free} only once.
4064
4065 Notice that a Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}
4066 only for user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4067 For example, the parser will not invoke it for the special Bison-defined
4068 symbols @code{$accept}, @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of
4069 Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}), none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4070 It also will not invoke it for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of Symbols,
4071 ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you reference
4072 it in your grammar.
4073 However, it will invoke it for the end token (token 0) if you redefine it from
4074 @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4075
4076 @smallexample
4077 %token END 0
4078 @end smallexample
4079
4080 @ignore
4081 @noindent
4082 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4083 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4084 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4085 @end ignore
4086
4087 @sp 1
4088
4089 @cindex discarded symbols
4090 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4091
4092 @itemize
4093 @item
4094 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4095 @item
4096 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4097 @item
4098 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4099 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4100 @item
4101 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4102 @end itemize
4103
4104 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4105 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4106 exhaustion.
4107
4108 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4109 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4110 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4111 the memory.
4112
4113 @node Expect Decl
4114 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4115 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4116 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4117 @cindex warnings, preventing
4118 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4119 @findex %expect
4120 @findex %expect-rr
4121
4122 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4123 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4124 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4125 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4126 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4127 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4128
4129 The declaration looks like this:
4130
4131 @example
4132 %expect @var{n}
4133 @end example
4134
4135 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4136 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4137 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4138 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4139
4140 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4141 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4142 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4143 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4144 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4145 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4146 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4147
4148 @example
4149 %expect-rr @var{n}
4150 @end example
4151
4152 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4153
4154 @itemize @bullet
4155 @item
4156 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4157 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4158 print the number of conflicts.
4159
4160 @item
4161 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4162 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4163 go back to the beginning.
4164
4165 @item
4166 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4167 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4168 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4169 @end itemize
4170
4171 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4172 will keep silent otherwise.
4173
4174 @node Start Decl
4175 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4176 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4177 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4178 @cindex default start symbol
4179 @findex %start
4180
4181 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4182 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4183 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4184
4185 @example
4186 %start @var{symbol}
4187 @end example
4188
4189 @node Pure Decl
4190 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4191 @cindex reentrant parser
4192 @cindex pure parser
4193 @findex %pure-parser
4194
4195 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4196 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4197 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4198 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4199 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4200 program must be called only within interlocks.
4201
4202 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4203 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4204 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4205 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4206 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4207
4208 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4209 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4210 reentrant. It looks like this:
4211
4212 @example
4213 %pure-parser
4214 @end example
4215
4216 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4217 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4218 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4219 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4220 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4221 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4222 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4223 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4224
4225 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4226 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4227 valid grammar.
4228
4229 @node Decl Summary
4230 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4231 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4232 @cindex declaration summary
4233 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4234
4235 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4236
4237 @deffn {Directive} %union
4238 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4239 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4240 @end deffn
4241
4242 @deffn {Directive} %token
4243 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4244 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4245 @end deffn
4246
4247 @deffn {Directive} %right
4248 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4249 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4250 @end deffn
4251
4252 @deffn {Directive} %left
4253 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4254 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4255 @end deffn
4256
4257 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4258 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4259 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4260 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4261 @end deffn
4262
4263 @ifset defaultprec
4264 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4265 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4266 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4267 @end deffn
4268 @end ifset
4269
4270 @deffn {Directive} %type
4271 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4272 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4273 @end deffn
4274
4275 @deffn {Directive} %start
4276 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4277 Start-Symbol}).
4278 @end deffn
4279
4280 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4281 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4282 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4283 @end deffn
4284
4285
4286 @sp 1
4287 @noindent
4288 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4289 directives:
4290
4291 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4292 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4293 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4294 @end deffn
4295 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4296
4297 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4298 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4299 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4300 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4301 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4302
4303 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4304 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4305 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4306 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4307 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4308 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4309 or type definition
4310 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4311 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4312 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4313 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4314
4315 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4316 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4317 Parser}.
4318
4319 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4320 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4321 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4322 Locations}.
4323
4324 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4325 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4326 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4327 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4328 Tokens}.
4329
4330 @findex %start-header
4331 @findex %end-header
4332 If you have declared @code{%start-header} or @code{%end-header}, the output
4333 header also contains their code.
4334 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
4335 @end deffn
4336
4337 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4338 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4339 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4340 @end deffn
4341
4342 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4343 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4344 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4345 @end deffn
4346
4347 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4348 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4349 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4350 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4351 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4352 accurate syntax error messages.
4353 @end deffn
4354
4355 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
4356 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4357 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4358 in C parsers
4359 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4360 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4361 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4362 @samp{%name-prefix="c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4363 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4364 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4365 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4366 @end deffn
4367
4368 @ifset defaultprec
4369 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4370 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4371 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4372 Precedence}).
4373 @end deffn
4374 @end ifset
4375
4376 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4377 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4378 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4379 declarations.
4380
4381 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4382 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4383 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4384 @end deffn
4385
4386 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4387 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4388 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4389 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4390 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4391 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4392 file in its own right.
4393 @end deffn
4394
4395 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
4396 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4397 @end deffn
4398
4399 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4400 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4401 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4402 @end deffn
4403
4404 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4405 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4406 Require a Version of Bison}.
4407 @end deffn
4408
4409 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4410 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4411 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4412 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4413 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4414 @code{"$end"},
4415 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4416 defined in the grammar file.
4417
4418 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4419 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4420 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4421 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4422 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4423 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4424 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4425 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4426
4427 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4428 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4429 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4430
4431 @table @code
4432 @item YYNTOKENS
4433 The highest token number, plus one.
4434 @item YYNNTS
4435 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4436 @item YYNRULES
4437 The number of grammar rules,
4438 @item YYNSTATES
4439 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4440 @end table
4441 @end deffn
4442
4443 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4444 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4445 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4446 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4447 information.
4448 @end deffn
4449
4450 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4451 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4452 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4453 @end deffn
4454
4455
4456 @node Multiple Parsers
4457 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4458
4459 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4460 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4461 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4462 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4463
4464 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4465 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4466 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4467 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4468 names that do not conflict.
4469
4470 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4471 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4472 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4473 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4474
4475 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4476 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4477 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4478 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4479 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4480
4481 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4482 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4483 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4484 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4485
4486 @node Interface
4487 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4488 @cindex C-language interface
4489 @cindex interface
4490
4491 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4492 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4493 functions that it needs to use.
4494
4495 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4496 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4497 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4498 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4499
4500 @menu
4501 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4502 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4503 which reads tokens.
4504 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4505 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4506 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4507 native language.
4508 @end menu
4509
4510 @node Parser Function
4511 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4512 @findex yyparse
4513
4514 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4515 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4516 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4517 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4518 without reading further.
4519
4520
4521 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4522 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4523 is due to end-of-input).
4524
4525 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4526 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4527 invoked.
4528
4529 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4530 @end deftypefun
4531
4532 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4533 these macros:
4534
4535 @defmac YYACCEPT
4536 @findex YYACCEPT
4537 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4538 @end defmac
4539
4540 @defmac YYABORT
4541 @findex YYABORT
4542 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4543 @end defmac
4544
4545 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4546 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4547 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4548
4549 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4550 @findex %parse-param
4551 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4552 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4553 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4554 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4555 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4556 @end deffn
4557
4558 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4559
4560 @example
4561 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4562 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4563 @end example
4564
4565 @noindent
4566 Then call the parser like this:
4567
4568 @example
4569 @{
4570 int nastiness, randomness;
4571 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4572 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4573 @dots{}
4574 @}
4575 @end example
4576
4577 @noindent
4578 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4579
4580 @example
4581 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4582 @end example
4583
4584
4585 @node Lexical
4586 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4587 @findex yylex
4588 @cindex lexical analyzer
4589
4590 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4591 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4592 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4593 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4594
4595 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4596 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4597 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4598 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4599 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4600 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4601 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4602
4603 @menu
4604 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4605 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4606 of the token it has read.
4607 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4608 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4609 actions want that.
4610 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4611 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4612 @end menu
4613
4614 @node Calling Convention
4615 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4616
4617 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4618 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4619 signifies end-of-input.
4620
4621 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4622 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4623 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4624 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4625
4626 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4627 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4628 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4629 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4630 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4631 signifies end-of-input.
4632
4633 Here is an example showing these things:
4634
4635 @example
4636 int
4637 yylex (void)
4638 @{
4639 @dots{}
4640 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4641 return 0;
4642 @dots{}
4643 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4644 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4645 @dots{}
4646 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4647 @dots{}
4648 @}
4649 @end example
4650
4651 @noindent
4652 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4653 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4654
4655 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4656 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4657
4658 @itemize @bullet
4659 @item
4660 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4661 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4662 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4663 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4664
4665 @item
4666 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4667 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4668 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4669 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4670 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4671 to Bison.
4672
4673 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4674 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4675 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4676 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4677
4678 @smallexample
4679 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4680 @{
4681 if (yytname[i] != 0
4682 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4683 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4684 strlen (token_buffer))
4685 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4686 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4687 break;
4688 @}
4689 @end smallexample
4690
4691 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4692 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4693 @end itemize
4694
4695 @node Token Values
4696 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4697
4698 @vindex yylval
4699 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4700 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4701 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4702 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4703 @code{yylex}:
4704
4705 @example
4706 @group
4707 @dots{}
4708 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4709 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4710 @dots{}
4711 @end group
4712 @end example
4713
4714 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4715 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4716 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4717 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4718 declaration looks like this:
4719
4720 @example
4721 @group
4722 %union @{
4723 int intval;
4724 double val;
4725 symrec *tptr;
4726 @}
4727 @end group
4728 @end example
4729
4730 @noindent
4731 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
4732
4733 @example
4734 @group
4735 @dots{}
4736 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4737 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4738 @dots{}
4739 @end group
4740 @end example
4741
4742 @node Token Locations
4743 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
4744
4745 @vindex yylloc
4746 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
4747 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
4748 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
4749 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
4750 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
4751 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
4752
4753 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
4754 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
4755 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
4756 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
4757 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
4758
4759 @tindex YYLTYPE
4760 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
4761
4762 @node Pure Calling
4763 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
4764
4765 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
4766 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
4767 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4768 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
4769 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
4770 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
4771 pointers.
4772
4773 @example
4774 int
4775 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
4776 @{
4777 @dots{}
4778 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4779 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4780 @dots{}
4781 @}
4782 @end example
4783
4784 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
4785 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
4786 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
4787 only one argument.
4788
4789
4790 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
4791 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
4792 Function}).
4793
4794 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4795 @findex %lex-param
4796 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
4797 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
4798 @end deffn
4799
4800 For instance:
4801
4802 @example
4803 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4804 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4805 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4806 @end example
4807
4808 @noindent
4809 results in the following signature:
4810
4811 @example
4812 int yylex (int *nastiness);
4813 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4814 @end example
4815
4816 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
4817
4818 @example
4819 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
4820 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4821 @end example
4822
4823 @noindent
4824 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
4825
4826 @example
4827 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4828 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4829 @end example
4830
4831 @node Error Reporting
4832 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
4833 @cindex error reporting function
4834 @findex yyerror
4835 @cindex parse error
4836 @cindex syntax error
4837
4838 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
4839 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
4840 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
4841 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
4842 in Actions}).
4843
4844 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
4845 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
4846 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
4847 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
4848 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4849
4850 @findex %error-verbose
4851 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
4852 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
4853 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
4854 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
4855
4856 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
4857 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
4858 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
4859 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
4860 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
4861 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
4862
4863 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
4864 translated automatically from English to some other language before
4865 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
4866
4867 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
4868
4869 @example
4870 @group
4871 void
4872 yyerror (char const *s)
4873 @{
4874 @end group
4875 @group
4876 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
4877 @}
4878 @end group
4879 @end example
4880
4881 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
4882 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
4883 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
4884 immediately return 1.
4885
4886 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
4887 an access to the current location.
4888 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
4889 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
4890 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
4891 @code{yyerror} are:
4892
4893 @example
4894 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4895 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4896 @end example
4897
4898 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
4899
4900 @example
4901 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
4902 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
4903 @end example
4904
4905 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
4906 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
4907 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
4908 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
4909
4910 @example
4911 /* Location tracking. */
4912 %locations
4913 /* Pure yylex. */
4914 %pure-parser
4915 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
4916 /* Pure yyparse. */
4917 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4918 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4919 @end example
4920
4921 @noindent
4922 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
4923
4924 @example
4925 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
4926 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
4927 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
4928 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
4929 char const *msg);
4930 @end example
4931
4932 @noindent
4933 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
4934 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
4935 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
4936 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
4937 message is always passed last.
4938
4939 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
4940 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
4941 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
4942 @code{yyerror}.
4943
4944 @vindex yynerrs
4945 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
4946 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
4947 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
4948 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
4949
4950 @node Action Features
4951 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
4952 @cindex summary, action features
4953 @cindex action features summary
4954
4955 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
4956 are useful in actions.
4957
4958 @deffn {Variable} $$
4959 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4960 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4961 @end deffn
4962
4963 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
4964 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
4965 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
4966 @end deffn
4967
4968 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
4969 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
4970 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
4971 Types of Values in Actions}.
4972 @end deffn
4973
4974 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
4975 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
4976 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
4977 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
4978 @end deffn
4979
4980 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
4981 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
4982 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4983 @end deffn
4984
4985 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
4986 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
4987 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
4988 @end deffn
4989
4990 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
4991 @findex YYBACKUP
4992 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
4993 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
4994 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
4995 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
4996 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
4997 going to be reduced by this rule.
4998
4999 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5000 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5001 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5002 recovery.
5003
5004 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5005 @end deffn
5006
5007 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5008 @vindex YYEMPTY
5009 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5010 @end deffn
5011
5012 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5013 @vindex YYEOF
5014 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5015 stream.
5016 @end deffn
5017
5018 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5019 @findex YYERROR
5020 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5021 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5022 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5023 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5024 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5025 @end deffn
5026
5027 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5028 @findex YYRECOVERING
5029 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5030 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5031 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5032 @end deffn
5033
5034 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5035 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5036 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5037 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5038 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5039 Actions}).
5040 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5041 @end deffn
5042
5043 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5044 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5045 error rules.
5046 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5047 Semantic Actions}).
5048 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5049 @end deffn
5050
5051 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5052 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5053 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5054 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5055 @end deffn
5056
5057 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5058 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5059 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5060 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5061 Actions}).
5062 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5063 @end deffn
5064
5065 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5066 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5067 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5068 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5069 Actions}).
5070 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5071 @end deffn
5072
5073 @deffn {Value} @@$
5074 @findex @@$
5075 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5076 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5077 Tracking Locations}.
5078
5079 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5080
5081 @c @example
5082 @c struct @{
5083 @c int first_line, last_line;
5084 @c int first_column, last_column;
5085 @c @};
5086 @c @end example
5087
5088 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5089 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5090
5091 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5092 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5093 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5094 @c those members.
5095
5096 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5097 @end deffn
5098
5099 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5100 @findex @@@var{n}
5101 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5102 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5103 Tracking Locations}.
5104 @end deffn
5105
5106 @node Internationalization
5107 @section Parser Internationalization
5108 @cindex internationalization
5109 @cindex i18n
5110 @cindex NLS
5111 @cindex gettext
5112 @cindex bison-po
5113
5114 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5115 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5116 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5117 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5118 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5119 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5120 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5121 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5122 installation.
5123
5124 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5125 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5126 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5127 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5128
5129 @enumerate
5130 @item
5131 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5132 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5133 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5134 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5135 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5136 For example:
5137
5138 @example
5139 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5140 @end example
5141
5142 @item
5143 @findex BISON_I18N
5144 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5145 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5146 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5147 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5148 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5149 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5150 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5151 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5152 Bison-generated parser.
5153
5154 @item
5155 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5156 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5157 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5158 For example:
5159
5160 @example
5161 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5162 @end example
5163
5164 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5165 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5166 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5167 @file{Makefile}.
5168
5169 @item
5170 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5171 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5172 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5173
5174 @example
5175 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5176 @end example
5177
5178 or:
5179
5180 @example
5181 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5182 @end example
5183
5184 @item
5185 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5186 infrastructure.
5187 @end enumerate
5188
5189
5190 @node Algorithm
5191 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5192 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5193 @cindex algorithm of parser
5194 @cindex shifting
5195 @cindex reduction
5196 @cindex parser stack
5197 @cindex stack, parser
5198
5199 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5200 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5201 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5202
5203 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5204 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5205 that was shifted.
5206
5207 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5208 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5209 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5210 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5211 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5212 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5213 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5214
5215 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5216
5217 @example
5218 1 + 5 * 3
5219 @end example
5220
5221 @noindent
5222 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5223 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5224
5225 @example
5226 expr: expr '*' expr;
5227 @end example
5228
5229 @noindent
5230 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5231
5232 @example
5233 1 + 15
5234 @end example
5235
5236 @noindent
5237 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5238 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5239
5240 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5241 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5242 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5243
5244 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5245
5246 @menu
5247 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5248 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5249 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5250 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5251 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5252 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5253 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5254 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5255 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5256 @end menu
5257
5258 @node Lookahead
5259 @section Lookahead Tokens
5260 @cindex lookahead token
5261
5262 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5263 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5264 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5265 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5266 token in order to decide what to do.
5267
5268 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5269 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5270 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5271 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5272 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5273 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5274 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5275 application.
5276
5277 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5278 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5279 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5280
5281 @example
5282 @group
5283 expr: term '+' expr
5284 | term
5285 ;
5286 @end group
5287
5288 @group
5289 term: '(' expr ')'
5290 | term '!'
5291 | NUMBER
5292 ;
5293 @end group
5294 @end example
5295
5296 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5297 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5298 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5299 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5300 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5301
5302 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5303 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5304 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5305 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5306 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5307 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5308
5309 @vindex yychar
5310 @vindex yylval
5311 @vindex yylloc
5312 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5313 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5314 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5315 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5316
5317 @node Shift/Reduce
5318 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5319 @cindex conflicts
5320 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5321 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5322 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5323
5324 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5325 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5326
5327 @example
5328 @group
5329 if_stmt:
5330 IF expr THEN stmt
5331 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5332 ;
5333 @end group
5334 @end example
5335
5336 @noindent
5337 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5338 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5339
5340 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5341 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5342 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5343 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5344 rule.
5345
5346 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5347 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5348 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5349 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5350 contrast it with the other alternative.
5351
5352 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5353 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5354 equivalent:
5355
5356 @example
5357 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5358
5359 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5360 @end example
5361
5362 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5363 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5364 making these two inputs equivalent:
5365
5366 @example
5367 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5368
5369 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5370 @end example
5371
5372 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5373 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5374 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5375 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5376 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5377 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5378 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5379 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5380
5381 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5382 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5383 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5384 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5385
5386 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5387 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5388 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5389 conflict:
5390
5391 @example
5392 @group
5393 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5394 %%
5395 @end group
5396 @group
5397 stmt: expr
5398 | if_stmt
5399 ;
5400 @end group
5401
5402 @group
5403 if_stmt:
5404 IF expr THEN stmt
5405 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5406 ;
5407 @end group
5408
5409 expr: variable
5410 ;
5411 @end example
5412
5413 @node Precedence
5414 @section Operator Precedence
5415 @cindex operator precedence
5416 @cindex precedence of operators
5417
5418 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5419 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5420 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5421 shift and when to reduce.
5422
5423 @menu
5424 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5425 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5426 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5427 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5428 @end menu
5429
5430 @node Why Precedence
5431 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5432
5433 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5434 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5435
5436 @example
5437 @group
5438 expr: expr '-' expr
5439 | expr '*' expr
5440 | expr '<' expr
5441 | '(' expr ')'
5442 @dots{}
5443 ;
5444 @end group
5445 @end example
5446
5447 @noindent
5448 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5449 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5450 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5451 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5452 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5453 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5454 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5455 different results.
5456
5457 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5458 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5459 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5460 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5461 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5462 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5463 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5464 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5465 @samp{<}.
5466
5467 @cindex associativity
5468 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5469 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5470 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5471 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5472 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5473 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5474 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5475 makes right-associativity.
5476
5477 @node Using Precedence
5478 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5479 @findex %left
5480 @findex %right
5481 @findex %nonassoc
5482
5483 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5484 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5485 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5486 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5487 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5488 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5489 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5490 row''.
5491
5492 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5493 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5494 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5495 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5496 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5497
5498 @node Precedence Examples
5499 @subsection Precedence Examples
5500
5501 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5502
5503 @example
5504 %left '<'
5505 %left '-'
5506 %left '*'
5507 @end example
5508
5509 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5510 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5511 declared with @code{'-'}:
5512
5513 @example
5514 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5515 %left '+' '-'
5516 %left '*' '/'
5517 @end example
5518
5519 @noindent
5520 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5521 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5522 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5523
5524 @node How Precedence
5525 @subsection How Precedence Works
5526
5527 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5528 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5529 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5530 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5531 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5532 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5533
5534 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5535 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5536 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5537 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5538 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5539 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5540 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5541 resolved.
5542
5543 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5544 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5545
5546 @node Contextual Precedence
5547 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5548 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5549 @cindex unary operator precedence
5550 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5551 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5552 @findex %prec
5553
5554 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5555 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5556 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5557 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5558
5559 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5560 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5561 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5562 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5563 modifier for rules.
5564
5565 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5566 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5567 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5568 modifier's syntax is:
5569
5570 @example
5571 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5572 @end example
5573
5574 @noindent
5575 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5576 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5577 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5578 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5579 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5580
5581 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5582 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5583 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5584 precedence:
5585
5586 @example
5587 @dots{}
5588 %left '+' '-'
5589 %left '*'
5590 %left UMINUS
5591 @end example
5592
5593 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5594
5595 @example
5596 @group
5597 exp: @dots{}
5598 | exp '-' exp
5599 @dots{}
5600 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5601 @end group
5602 @end example
5603
5604 @ifset defaultprec
5605 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5606 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5607 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5608 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5609
5610 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5611 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5612 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5613 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5614
5615 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5616 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5617 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5618 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5619 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5620 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5621
5622 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5623 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5624 @end ifset
5625
5626 @node Parser States
5627 @section Parser States
5628 @cindex finite-state machine
5629 @cindex parser state
5630 @cindex state (of parser)
5631
5632 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5633 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5634 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5635 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5636 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5637
5638 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5639 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5640 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5641 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5642 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5643 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5644 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5645 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5646 pushed.
5647
5648 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5649 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5650 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5651
5652 @node Reduce/Reduce
5653 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5654 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5655 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5656
5657 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5658 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5659 in the grammar.
5660
5661 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5662 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5663
5664 @example
5665 sequence: /* empty */
5666 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5667 | maybeword
5668 | sequence word
5669 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5670 ;
5671
5672 maybeword: /* empty */
5673 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5674 | word
5675 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5676 ;
5677 @end example
5678
5679 @noindent
5680 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5681 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5682 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5683 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5684 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5685 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5686
5687 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5688 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5689 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5690
5691 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5692 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5693 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5694 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5695 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5696
5697 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5698 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5699 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5700 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5701
5702 @example
5703 sequence: /* empty */
5704 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5705 | sequence word
5706 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5707 ;
5708 @end example
5709
5710 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5711
5712 @example
5713 sequence: /* empty */
5714 | sequence words
5715 | sequence redirects
5716 ;
5717
5718 words: /* empty */
5719 | words word
5720 ;
5721
5722 redirects:/* empty */
5723 | redirects redirect
5724 ;
5725 @end example
5726
5727 @noindent
5728 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5729 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5730 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5731 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
5732 in infinitely many ways!
5733
5734 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
5735 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
5736 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
5737 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
5738
5739 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
5740 of sequence:
5741
5742 @example
5743 sequence: /* empty */
5744 | sequence word
5745 | sequence redirect
5746 ;
5747 @end example
5748
5749 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
5750 from being empty:
5751
5752 @example
5753 sequence: /* empty */
5754 | sequence words
5755 | sequence redirects
5756 ;
5757
5758 words: word
5759 | words word
5760 ;
5761
5762 redirects:redirect
5763 | redirects redirect
5764 ;
5765 @end example
5766
5767 @node Mystery Conflicts
5768 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5769
5770 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
5771 Here is an example:
5772
5773 @example
5774 @group
5775 %token ID
5776
5777 %%
5778 def: param_spec return_spec ','
5779 ;
5780 param_spec:
5781 type
5782 | name_list ':' type
5783 ;
5784 @end group
5785 @group
5786 return_spec:
5787 type
5788 | name ':' type
5789 ;
5790 @end group
5791 @group
5792 type: ID
5793 ;
5794 @end group
5795 @group
5796 name: ID
5797 ;
5798 name_list:
5799 name
5800 | name ',' name_list
5801 ;
5802 @end group
5803 @end example
5804
5805 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
5806 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
5807 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
5808 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
5809
5810 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
5811 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
5812 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
5813 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
5814 an @code{ID}
5815 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
5816 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
5817 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
5818 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
5819 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
5820 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
5821 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
5822 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
5823 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
5824
5825 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
5826 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
5827 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
5828 and tend to
5829 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
5830 as it is now.
5831
5832 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
5833 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
5834 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
5835 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
5836
5837 @example
5838 @group
5839 %token BOGUS
5840 @dots{}
5841 %%
5842 @dots{}
5843 return_spec:
5844 type
5845 | name ':' type
5846 /* This rule is never used. */
5847 | ID BOGUS
5848 ;
5849 @end group
5850 @end example
5851
5852 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
5853 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
5854 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
5855 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
5856 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
5857 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
5858
5859 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
5860 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
5861 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
5862 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
5863 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
5864 rather than the one for @code{name}.
5865
5866 @example
5867 param_spec:
5868 type
5869 | name_list ':' type
5870 ;
5871 return_spec:
5872 type
5873 | ID ':' type
5874 ;
5875 @end example
5876
5877 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
5878 generators, please see:
5879 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
5880 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
5881 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
5882 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
5883
5884 @node Generalized LR Parsing
5885 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
5886 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
5887 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
5888 @cindex ambiguous grammars
5889 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
5890
5891 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
5892 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
5893 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
5894 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
5895 context-free languages.
5896 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
5897 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
5898 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
5899 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
5900 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
5901 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
5902 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
5903 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
5904
5905 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
5906 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
5907 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
5908 parser uses the same basic
5909 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
5910 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
5911 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
5912 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
5913 situation, it
5914 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
5915 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
5916 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
5917 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
5918 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
5919
5920 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
5921 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
5922 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
5923 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
5924 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
5925 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
5926 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
5927 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
5928 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
5929 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
5930 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
5931 stream.
5932
5933 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
5934 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
5935 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
5936 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
5937 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
5938 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
5939 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
5940 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
5941 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
5942 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
5943 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
5944 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
5945
5946 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
5947 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
5948 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
5949 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
5950 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
5951 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
5952 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
5953 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
5954 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
5955 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
5956 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
5957 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
5958 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
5959 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
5960 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
5961 Bison parser.
5962
5963 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
5964 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
5965 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
5966 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
5967 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
5968 (2000-12-24).
5969
5970 @node Memory Management
5971 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
5972 @cindex memory exhaustion
5973 @cindex memory management
5974 @cindex stack overflow
5975 @cindex parser stack overflow
5976 @cindex overflow of parser stack
5977
5978 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
5979 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
5980 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
5981
5982 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
5983 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
5984 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
5985
5986 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
5987 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
5988 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
5989 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
5990 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
5991
5992 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
5993 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
5994 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
5995 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
5996 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
5997 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
5998
5999 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6000 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6001 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6002 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6003
6004 @cindex default stack limit
6005 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6006 10000.
6007
6008 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6009 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6010 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6011 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6012 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6013 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6014
6015 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6016
6017 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6018 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6019 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6020 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6021 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6022 this deficiency in a future release.
6023
6024 @node Error Recovery
6025 @chapter Error Recovery
6026 @cindex error recovery
6027 @cindex recovery from errors
6028
6029 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6030 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6031 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6032 another expression.
6033
6034 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6035 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6036 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6037 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6038 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6039 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6040 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6041
6042 @findex error
6043 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6044 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6045 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6046 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6047 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6048 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6049
6050 For example:
6051
6052 @example
6053 stmnts: /* empty string */
6054 | stmnts '\n'
6055 | stmnts exp '\n'
6056 | stmnts error '\n'
6057 @end example
6058
6059 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6060 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6061
6062 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6063 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6064 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6065 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6066 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6067 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6068 applicable in the ordinary way.
6069
6070 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6071 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6072 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6073 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6074 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6075 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6076 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6077 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6078 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6079 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6080 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6081 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6082
6083 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6084 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6085 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6086
6087 @example
6088 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6089 @end example
6090
6091 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6092 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6093 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6094 spurious error message:
6095
6096 @example
6097 primary: '(' expr ')'
6098 | '(' error ')'
6099 @dots{}
6100 ;
6101 @end example
6102
6103 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6104 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6105 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6106 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6107 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6108 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6109 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6110 @code{stmnt}.
6111
6112 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6113 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6114 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6115 error messages resume.
6116
6117 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6118 as any other rules can.
6119
6120 @findex yyerrok
6121 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6122 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6123 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6124 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6125
6126 @findex yyclearin
6127 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6128 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6129 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6130 action.
6131 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6132
6133 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6134 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6135 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6136 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6137 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6138
6139 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6140 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6141 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6142 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6143 error.
6144
6145 @node Context Dependency
6146 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6147
6148 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6149 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6150 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6151 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6152 languages.
6153
6154 @menu
6155 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6156 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6157 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6158 error recovery rules must be written.
6159 @end menu
6160
6161 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6162 neither clean nor robust.)
6163
6164 @node Semantic Tokens
6165 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6166
6167 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6168 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6169
6170 @example
6171 foo (x);
6172 @end example
6173
6174 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6175 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6176 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6177
6178 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6179 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6180 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6181 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6182 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6183
6184 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6185 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6186 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6187 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6188 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6189 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6190 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6191
6192 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6193 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6194 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6195 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6196 earlier:
6197
6198 @example
6199 typedef int foo, bar;
6200 int baz (void)
6201 @{
6202 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6203 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6204 return foo (bar);
6205 @}
6206 @end example
6207
6208 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6209 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6210
6211 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6212 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6213 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6214 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6215 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6216
6217 @example
6218 initdcl:
6219 declarator maybeasm '='
6220 init
6221 | declarator maybeasm
6222 ;
6223
6224 notype_initdcl:
6225 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6226 init
6227 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6228 ;
6229 @end example
6230
6231 @noindent
6232 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6233 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6234 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6235
6236 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6237 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6238 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6239 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6240 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6241 the syntactic context.
6242
6243 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6244 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6245 @cindex lexical tie-in
6246
6247 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6248 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6249 parsed.
6250
6251 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6252 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6253 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6254 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6255 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6256
6257 @example
6258 @group
6259 %@{
6260 int hexflag;
6261 int yylex (void);
6262 void yyerror (char const *);
6263 %@}
6264 %%
6265 @dots{}
6266 @end group
6267 @group
6268 expr: IDENTIFIER
6269 | constant
6270 | HEX '('
6271 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6272 expr ')'
6273 @{ hexflag = 0;
6274 $$ = $4; @}
6275 | expr '+' expr
6276 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6277 @dots{}
6278 ;
6279 @end group
6280
6281 @group
6282 constant:
6283 INTEGER
6284 | STRING
6285 ;
6286 @end group
6287 @end example
6288
6289 @noindent
6290 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6291 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6292 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6293
6294 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6295 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6296 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6297
6298 @node Tie-in Recovery
6299 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6300
6301 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6302 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6303
6304 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6305 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6306 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6307 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6308
6309 @example
6310 stmt: expr ';'
6311 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6312 @dots{}
6313 error ';'
6314 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6315 ;
6316 @end example
6317
6318 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6319 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6320 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6321 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6322 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6323
6324 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6325
6326 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6327 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6328 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6329
6330 @example
6331 @group
6332 expr: @dots{}
6333 | '(' expr ')'
6334 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6335 | '(' error ')'
6336 @dots{}
6337 @end group
6338 @end example
6339
6340 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6341 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6342 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6343 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6344
6345 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6346 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6347 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6348 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6349 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6350 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6351 clear the flag.
6352
6353 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6354
6355 @node Debugging
6356 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6357
6358 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6359 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6360 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6361 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6362 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6363 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6364
6365 @menu
6366 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6367 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6368 @end menu
6369
6370 @node Understanding
6371 @section Understanding Your Parser
6372
6373 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6374 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6375 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6376 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6377 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a @acronym{VCG}
6378 file).
6379
6380 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6381 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6382 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6383 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6384 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6385 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6386 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6387
6388 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6389
6390 @example
6391 %token NUM STR
6392 %left '+' '-'
6393 %left '*'
6394 %%
6395 exp: exp '+' exp
6396 | exp '-' exp
6397 | exp '*' exp
6398 | exp '/' exp
6399 | NUM
6400 ;
6401 useless: STR;
6402 %%
6403 @end example
6404
6405 @command{bison} reports:
6406
6407 @example
6408 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6409 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6410 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6411 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6412 @end example
6413
6414 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6415 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6416 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6417 interpretation is the same.
6418
6419 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6420 to precedence and/or associativity:
6421
6422 @example
6423 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6424 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6425 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6426 @exdent @dots{}
6427 @end example
6428
6429 @noindent
6430 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6431
6432 @example
6433 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6434 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6435 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6436 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6437 @end example
6438
6439 @noindent
6440 @cindex token, useless
6441 @cindex useless token
6442 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6443 @cindex useless nonterminal
6444 @cindex rule, useless
6445 @cindex useless rule
6446 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6447 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6448 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6449 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6450 below):
6451
6452 @example
6453 Useless nonterminals:
6454 useless
6455
6456 Terminals which are not used:
6457 STR
6458
6459 Useless rules:
6460 #6 useless: STR;
6461 @end example
6462
6463 @noindent
6464 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6465
6466 @example
6467 Grammar
6468
6469 Number, Line, Rule
6470 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6471 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6472 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6473 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6474 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6475 5 9 exp -> NUM
6476 @end example
6477
6478 @noindent
6479 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6480
6481 @example
6482 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6483
6484 $end (0) 0
6485 '*' (42) 3
6486 '+' (43) 1
6487 '-' (45) 2
6488 '/' (47) 4
6489 error (256)
6490 NUM (258) 5
6491
6492 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6493
6494 $accept (8)
6495 on left: 0
6496 exp (9)
6497 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6498 @end example
6499
6500 @noindent
6501 @cindex item
6502 @cindex pointed rule
6503 @cindex rule, pointed
6504 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6505 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6506 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6507 that the input cursor.
6508
6509 @example
6510 state 0
6511
6512 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6513
6514 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6515
6516 exp go to state 2
6517 @end example
6518
6519 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6520 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6521 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6522 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6523 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6524 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6525 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6526 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6527
6528 @cindex core, item set
6529 @cindex item set core
6530 @cindex kernel, item set
6531 @cindex item set core
6532 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6533 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6534 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6535 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6536 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6537 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6538 be derived:
6539
6540 @example
6541 state 0
6542
6543 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6544 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6545 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6546 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6547 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6548 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6549
6550 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6551
6552 exp go to state 2
6553 @end example
6554
6555 @noindent
6556 In the state 1...
6557
6558 @example
6559 state 1
6560
6561 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6562
6563 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6564 @end example
6565
6566 @noindent
6567 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6568 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6569 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6570 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6571
6572 @example
6573 state 2
6574
6575 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6576 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6577 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6578 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6579 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6580
6581 $ shift, and go to state 3
6582 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6583 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6584 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6585 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6586 @end example
6587
6588 @noindent
6589 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6590 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6591 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6592 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6593 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6594 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6595
6596 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6597 state}:
6598
6599 @example
6600 state 3
6601
6602 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6603
6604 $default accept
6605 @end example
6606
6607 @noindent
6608 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6609 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6610
6611 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6612 the reader.
6613
6614 @example
6615 state 4
6616
6617 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6618
6619 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6620
6621 exp go to state 8
6622
6623 state 5
6624
6625 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6626
6627 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6628
6629 exp go to state 9
6630
6631 state 6
6632
6633 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6634
6635 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6636
6637 exp go to state 10
6638
6639 state 7
6640
6641 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6642
6643 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6644
6645 exp go to state 11
6646 @end example
6647
6648 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6649 1 shift/reduce}:
6650
6651 @example
6652 state 8
6653
6654 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6655 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6656 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6657 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6658 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6659
6660 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6661 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6662
6663 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6664 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6665 @end example
6666
6667 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6668 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6669 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6670 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6671 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6672 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6673 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6674 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6675
6676 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6677 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6678 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6679 square brackets.
6680
6681 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6682 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6683 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6684 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6685 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6686 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6687 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6688 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6689 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6690 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6691 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6692 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6693
6694 @example
6695 state 8
6696
6697 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6698 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6699 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6700 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6701 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6702
6703 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6704 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6705
6706 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6707 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6708 @end example
6709
6710 The remaining states are similar:
6711
6712 @example
6713 state 9
6714
6715 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6716 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6717 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6718 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6719 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6720
6721 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6722 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6723
6724 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6725 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6726
6727 state 10
6728
6729 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6730 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6731 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6732 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
6733 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6734
6735 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6736
6737 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
6738 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
6739
6740 state 11
6741
6742 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6743 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6744 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6745 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6746 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
6747
6748 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6749 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6750 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6751 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6752
6753 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6754 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6755 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6756 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
6757 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
6758 @end example
6759
6760 @noindent
6761 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
6762 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
6763 @samp{*}, but also because the
6764 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
6765
6766
6767 @node Tracing
6768 @section Tracing Your Parser
6769 @findex yydebug
6770 @cindex debugging
6771 @cindex tracing the parser
6772
6773 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
6774 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
6775
6776 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
6777
6778 @table @asis
6779 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
6780 @findex YYDEBUG
6781 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
6782 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
6783 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
6784 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
6785 Prologue}).
6786
6787 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
6788 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
6789 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
6790
6791 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
6792 @findex %debug
6793 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
6794 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
6795 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
6796 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
6797 you, this is
6798 the preferred solution.
6799 @end table
6800
6801 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
6802 always possible.
6803
6804 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
6805 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
6806 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
6807 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
6808 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
6809 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
6810
6811 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
6812 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
6813 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
6814 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
6815
6816 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
6817 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
6818 messages tell you these things:
6819
6820 @itemize @bullet
6821 @item
6822 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
6823
6824 @item
6825 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
6826 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
6827
6828 @item
6829 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
6830 of the state stack afterward.
6831 @end itemize
6832
6833 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
6834 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
6835 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
6836 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
6837 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
6838 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
6839 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
6840 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
6841 grammar are to blame.
6842
6843 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
6844 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
6845 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
6846 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
6847 the grammar it is working.
6848
6849 @findex YYPRINT
6850 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
6851 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
6852 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
6853 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
6854 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
6855 value (from @code{yylval}).
6856
6857 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
6858 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
6859
6860 @smallexample
6861 %@{
6862 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
6863 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
6864 %@}
6865
6866 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
6867
6868 static void
6869 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
6870 @{
6871 if (type == VAR)
6872 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
6873 else if (type == NUM)
6874 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
6875 @}
6876 @end smallexample
6877
6878 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
6879
6880 @node Invocation
6881 @chapter Invoking Bison
6882 @cindex invoking Bison
6883 @cindex Bison invocation
6884 @cindex options for invoking Bison
6885
6886 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
6887
6888 @example
6889 bison @var{infile}
6890 @end example
6891
6892 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
6893 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
6894 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
6895 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
6896 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
6897 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
6898 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
6899 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
6900 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
6901 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
6902 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
6903 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
6904
6905 For example :
6906
6907 @example
6908 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
6909 @end example
6910 @noindent
6911 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
6912
6913 @example
6914 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
6915 @end example
6916 @noindent
6917 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
6918
6919 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
6920 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
6921 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
6922
6923 @menu
6924 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
6925 in alphabetical order by short options.
6926 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
6927 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
6928 @end menu
6929
6930 @node Bison Options
6931 @section Bison Options
6932
6933 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
6934 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
6935 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
6936 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
6937 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
6938 @samp{=}.
6939
6940 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
6941 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
6942 option.
6943
6944 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
6945 @noindent
6946 Operations modes:
6947 @table @option
6948 @item -h
6949 @itemx --help
6950 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
6951
6952 @item -V
6953 @itemx --version
6954 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
6955
6956 @item --print-localedir
6957 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
6958
6959 @item -y
6960 @itemx --yacc
6961 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
6962 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
6963 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
6964 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
6965 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
6966 @file{y.tab.h}.
6967 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
6968 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
6969 names.
6970 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
6971 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
6972
6973 @example
6974 #! /bin/sh
6975 bison -y "$@@"
6976 @end example
6977
6978 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
6979 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
6980 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
6981 this option is specified.
6982
6983 @end table
6984
6985 @noindent
6986 Tuning the parser:
6987
6988 @table @option
6989 @item -S @var{file}
6990 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
6991 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
6992 you are developing Bison.
6993
6994 @item -t
6995 @itemx --debug
6996 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
6997 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
6998 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
6999
7000 @item --locations
7001 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7002
7003 @item -p @var{prefix}
7004 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7005 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix="@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7006 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7007
7008 @item -l
7009 @itemx --no-lines
7010 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7011 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7012 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7013 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7014 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7015
7016 @item -n
7017 @itemx --no-parser
7018 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7019
7020 @item -k
7021 @itemx --token-table
7022 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7023 @end table
7024
7025 @noindent
7026 Adjust the output:
7027
7028 @table @option
7029 @item -d
7030 @itemx --defines
7031 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7032 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7033 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7034
7035 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7036 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7037
7038 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7039 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7040 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7041 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7042
7043 @item -r @var{things}
7044 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7045 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7046 separated list of @var{things} among:
7047
7048 @table @code
7049 @item state
7050 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7051 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7052
7053 @item lookahead
7054 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7055 each rule's lookahead set.
7056
7057 @item itemset
7058 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7059 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7060 @end table
7061
7062 @item -v
7063 @itemx --verbose
7064 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7065 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7066 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7067
7068 @item -o @var{file}
7069 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7070 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7071
7072 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7073 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7074
7075 @item -g
7076 Output a @acronym{VCG} definition of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7077 automaton computed by Bison. If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the
7078 @acronym{VCG} output file will
7079 be @file{foo.vcg}.
7080
7081 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7082 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7083 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7084 the output graph file.
7085 @end table
7086
7087 @node Option Cross Key
7088 @section Option Cross Key
7089
7090 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7091 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7092 the corresponding short option.
7093
7094 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7095 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7096 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7097 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7098 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7099 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7100 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7101 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7102 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7103 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7104 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7105 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7106 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7107 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7108 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7109 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7110 @end multitable
7111
7112 @node Yacc Library
7113 @section Yacc Library
7114
7115 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7116 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7117 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7118 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7119 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7120 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7121 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7122
7123 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7124 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7125
7126 @example
7127 int yyerror (char const *);
7128 @end example
7129
7130 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7131 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7132 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7133
7134 @example
7135 int yyparse (void);
7136 @end example
7137
7138 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7139
7140 @node C++ Language Interface
7141 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7142
7143 @menu
7144 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7145 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7146 @end menu
7147
7148 @node C++ Parsers
7149 @section C++ Parsers
7150
7151 @menu
7152 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7153 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7154 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7155 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7156 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7157 @end menu
7158
7159 @node C++ Bison Interface
7160 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7161 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7162 @c - Always pure
7163 @c - initial action
7164
7165 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7166 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7167 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7168 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7169 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7170 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7171 various classes are generated in the following files:
7172
7173 @table @file
7174 @item position.hh
7175 @itemx location.hh
7176 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7177 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7178
7179 @item stack.hh
7180 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7181
7182 @item @var{file}.hh
7183 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7184 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7185 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7186 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7187 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7188
7189 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7190 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7191 @samp{%defines} directive.
7192 @end table
7193
7194 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7195 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7196
7197 @node C++ Semantic Values
7198 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7199 @c - No objects in unions
7200 @c - YSTYPE
7201 @c - Printer and destructor
7202
7203 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7204 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7205 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7206 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7207 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7208 @itemize @minus
7209 @item
7210 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7211 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7212 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7213 @item
7214 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7215 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7216 to such objects are allowed.
7217 @end itemize
7218
7219 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7220 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7221 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7222 Symbols}.
7223
7224
7225 @node C++ Location Values
7226 @subsection C++ Location Values
7227 @c - %locations
7228 @c - class Position
7229 @c - class Location
7230 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7231
7232 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7233 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7234 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7235 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7236 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7237
7238 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7239 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7240 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7241 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7242 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7243 @end deftypemethod
7244
7245 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7246 The line, starting at 1.
7247 @end deftypemethod
7248
7249 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7250 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7251 @end deftypemethod
7252
7253 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7254 The column, starting at 0.
7255 @end deftypemethod
7256
7257 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7258 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7259 @end deftypemethod
7260
7261 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7262 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7263 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7264 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7265 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7266 @end deftypemethod
7267
7268 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7269 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7270 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7271 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7272 @end deftypemethod
7273
7274 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7275 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7276 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7277 @end deftypemethod
7278
7279 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7280 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7281 Advance the @code{end} position.
7282 @end deftypemethod
7283
7284 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7285 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7286 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7287 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7288 @end deftypemethod
7289
7290 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7291 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7292 @end deftypemethod
7293
7294
7295 @node C++ Parser Interface
7296 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7297 @c - define parser_class_name
7298 @c - Ctor
7299 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7300 @c debug_stream.
7301 @c - Reporting errors
7302
7303 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7304 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7305 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7306 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7307 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7308 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7309 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7310 additional argument for its constructor.
7311
7312 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7313 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7314 The types for semantics value and locations.
7315 @end defcv
7316
7317 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7318 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7319 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7320 @end deftypemethod
7321
7322 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7323 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7324 @end deftypemethod
7325
7326 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7327 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7328 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7329 @code{std::cerr}.
7330 @end deftypemethod
7331
7332 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7333 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7334 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7335 or nonzero, full tracing.
7336 @end deftypemethod
7337
7338 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7339 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7340 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7341 described by @var{m}.
7342 @end deftypemethod
7343
7344
7345 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7346 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7347 @c - prefix for yylex.
7348 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7349 @c - %lex-param
7350
7351 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7352 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7353 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7354
7355 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7356 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7357 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7358 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7359 @end deftypemethod
7360
7361
7362 @node A Complete C++ Example
7363 @section A Complete C++ Example
7364
7365 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7366 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7367 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7368 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7369 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7370 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7371 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7372 actually easier to interface with.
7373
7374 @menu
7375 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7376 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7377 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7378 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7379 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7380 @end menu
7381
7382 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7383 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7384
7385 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7386 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7387 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7388 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7389 of valid input follows.
7390
7391 @example
7392 three := 3
7393 seven := one + two * three
7394 seven * seven
7395 @end example
7396
7397 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7398 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7399 @c - An env
7400 @c - A place to store error messages
7401 @c - A place for the result
7402
7403 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7404 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7405 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7406 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7407 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7408 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7409 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7410
7411 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7412 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7413 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7414 class.
7415
7416 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7417 @example
7418 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7419 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7420 # include <string>
7421 # include <map>
7422 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7423 @end example
7424
7425
7426 @noindent
7427 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7428 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7429 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7430 factor both as follows.
7431
7432 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7433 @example
7434 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
7435 # define YY_DECL \
7436 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7437 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7438 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7439 calcxx_driver& driver)
7440 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7441 YY_DECL;
7442 @end example
7443
7444 @noindent
7445 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7446 members.
7447
7448 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7449 @example
7450 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7451 class calcxx_driver
7452 @{
7453 public:
7454 calcxx_driver ();
7455 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7456
7457 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7458
7459 int result;
7460 @end example
7461
7462 @noindent
7463 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7464 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7465
7466 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7467 @example
7468 // Handling the scanner.
7469 void scan_begin ();
7470 void scan_end ();
7471 bool trace_scanning;
7472 @end example
7473
7474 @noindent
7475 Similarly for the parser itself.
7476
7477 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7478 @example
7479 // Handling the parser.
7480 void parse (const std::string& f);
7481 std::string file;
7482 bool trace_parsing;
7483 @end example
7484
7485 @noindent
7486 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7487 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7488 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7489 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7490
7491 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7492 @example
7493 // Error handling.
7494 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7495 void error (const std::string& m);
7496 @};
7497 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7498 @end example
7499
7500 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7501 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7502 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7503 messages and set error state.
7504
7505 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7506 @example
7507 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7508 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7509
7510 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7511 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7512 @{
7513 variables["one"] = 1;
7514 variables["two"] = 2;
7515 @}
7516
7517 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7518 @{
7519 @}
7520
7521 void
7522 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7523 @{
7524 file = f;
7525 scan_begin ();
7526 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7527 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7528 parser.parse ();
7529 scan_end ();
7530 @}
7531
7532 void
7533 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7534 @{
7535 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7536 @}
7537
7538 void
7539 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7540 @{
7541 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7542 @}
7543 @end example
7544
7545 @node Calc++ Parser
7546 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7547
7548 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7549 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7550 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7551 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7552 the grammar for.
7553
7554 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7555 @example
7556 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7557 %require "2.1a"
7558 %defines
7559 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7560 @end example
7561
7562 @noindent
7563 @findex %start-header
7564 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7565 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7566 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7567 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7568 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7569 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7570 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
7571
7572 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7573 @example
7574 %start-header @{
7575 # include <string>
7576 class calcxx_driver;
7577 @}
7578 @end example
7579
7580 @noindent
7581 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7582 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7583 global variables.
7584
7585 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7586 @example
7587 // The parsing context.
7588 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7589 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7590 @end example
7591
7592 @noindent
7593 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7594 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7595 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7596 automatically propagated.
7597
7598 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7599 @example
7600 %locations
7601 %initial-action
7602 @{
7603 // Initialize the initial location.
7604 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7605 @};
7606 @end example
7607
7608 @noindent
7609 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7610 error messages.
7611
7612 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7613 @example
7614 %debug
7615 %error-verbose
7616 @end example
7617
7618 @noindent
7619 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7620 them.
7621
7622 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7623 @example
7624 // Symbols.
7625 %union
7626 @{
7627 int ival;
7628 std::string *sval;
7629 @};
7630 @end example
7631
7632 @noindent
7633 @findex %after-header
7634 The code between @samp{%after-header @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7635 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7636
7637 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7638 @example
7639 %after-header @{
7640 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7641 @}
7642 @end example
7643
7644
7645 @noindent
7646 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7647 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7648 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7649 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7650 avoid name clashes.
7651
7652 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7653 @example
7654 %token END 0 "end of file"
7655 %token ASSIGN ":="
7656 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7657 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7658 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7659 @end example
7660
7661 @noindent
7662 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7663 @code{%destructor}.
7664
7665 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7666 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7667 @example
7668 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7669 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7670
7671 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7672 @end example
7673
7674 @noindent
7675 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7676
7677 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7678 @example
7679 %%
7680 %start unit;
7681 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7682
7683 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7684 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7685
7686 assignment:
7687 "identifier" ":=" exp
7688 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
7689
7690 %left '+' '-';
7691 %left '*' '/';
7692 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7693 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7694 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7695 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7696 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
7697 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7698 %%
7699 @end example
7700
7701 @noindent
7702 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7703 driver.
7704
7705 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7706 @example
7707 void
7708 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7709 const std::string& m)
7710 @{
7711 driver.error (l, m);
7712 @}
7713 @end example
7714
7715 @node Calc++ Scanner
7716 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7717
7718 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7719 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7720
7721 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7722 @example
7723 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7724 # include <cstdlib>
7725 # include <errno.h>
7726 # include <limits.h>
7727 # include <string>
7728 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7729 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7730
7731 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
7732 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
7733 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
7734 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
7735 # undef yywrap
7736 # define yywrap() 1
7737
7738 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
7739 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
7740 not of token_type. */
7741 #define yyterminate() return token::END
7742 %@}
7743 @end example
7744
7745 @noindent
7746 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
7747 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
7748 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
7749 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
7750
7751 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7752 @example
7753 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
7754 @end example
7755
7756 @noindent
7757 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
7758
7759 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7760 @example
7761 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
7762 int [0-9]+
7763 blank [ \t]
7764 @end example
7765
7766 @noindent
7767 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
7768 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
7769 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
7770 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
7771 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
7772 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
7773 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
7774
7775 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7776 @example
7777 %@{
7778 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
7779 %@}
7780 %%
7781 %@{
7782 yylloc->step ();
7783 %@}
7784 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
7785 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
7786 @end example
7787
7788 @noindent
7789 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
7790 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
7791 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
7792 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
7793
7794 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7795 @example
7796 %@{
7797 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
7798 %@}
7799 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
7800 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
7801 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
7802 @{int@} @{
7803 errno = 0;
7804 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
7805 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
7806 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
7807 yylval->ival = n;
7808 return token::NUMBER;
7809 @}
7810 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
7811 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
7812 %%
7813 @end example
7814
7815 @noindent
7816 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
7817 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
7818
7819 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7820 @example
7821 void
7822 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
7823 @{
7824 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
7825 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
7826 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
7827 @}
7828
7829 void
7830 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
7831 @{
7832 fclose (yyin);
7833 @}
7834 @end example
7835
7836 @node Calc++ Top Level
7837 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
7838
7839 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
7840
7841 @comment file: calc++.cc
7842 @example
7843 #include <iostream>
7844 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7845
7846 int
7847 main (int argc, char *argv[])
7848 @{
7849 calcxx_driver driver;
7850 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
7851 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
7852 driver.trace_parsing = true;
7853 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
7854 driver.trace_scanning = true;
7855 else
7856 @{
7857 driver.parse (*argv);
7858 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
7859 @}
7860 @}
7861 @end example
7862
7863 @c ================================================= FAQ
7864
7865 @node FAQ
7866 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
7867 @cindex frequently asked questions
7868 @cindex questions
7869
7870 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
7871 are addressed.
7872
7873 @menu
7874 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
7875 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
7876 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
7877 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
7878 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
7879 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
7880 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
7881 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
7882 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
7883 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
7884 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
7885 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
7886 @end menu
7887
7888 @node Memory Exhausted
7889 @section Memory Exhausted
7890
7891 @display
7892 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
7893 message. What can I do?
7894 @end display
7895
7896 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
7897 ,Recursive Rules}.
7898
7899 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
7900 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
7901
7902 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
7903 following typical questions:
7904
7905 @display
7906 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
7907 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
7908 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
7909 @end display
7910
7911 @noindent
7912 or
7913
7914 @display
7915 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
7916 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
7917 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
7918 @end display
7919
7920 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
7921 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
7922 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
7923 demonstration, consider the following source file,
7924 @file{first-line.l}:
7925
7926 @verbatim
7927 %{
7928 #include <stdio.h>
7929 #include <stdlib.h>
7930 %}
7931 %%
7932 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
7933 %%
7934 int
7935 yyparse (char const *file)
7936 {
7937 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
7938 if (!yyin)
7939 exit (2);
7940 /* One token only. */
7941 yylex ();
7942 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
7943 exit (3);
7944 return 0;
7945 }
7946
7947 int
7948 main (void)
7949 {
7950 yyparse ("input");
7951 yyparse ("input");
7952 return 0;
7953 }
7954 @end verbatim
7955
7956 @noindent
7957 If the file @file{input} contains
7958
7959 @verbatim
7960 input:1: Hello,
7961 input:2: World!
7962 @end verbatim
7963
7964 @noindent
7965 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
7966
7967 @example
7968 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
7969 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
7970 $ @kbd{./first-line}
7971 input:1: Hello,
7972 input:2: World!
7973 @end example
7974
7975 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
7976 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
7977 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
7978 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
7979 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
7980 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
7981 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
7982 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
7983 input buffers.
7984
7985 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
7986 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
7987 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
7988 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
7989
7990 @node Strings are Destroyed
7991 @section Strings are Destroyed
7992
7993 @display
7994 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
7995 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
7996 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
7997 @end display
7998
7999 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
8000 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
8001 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
8002
8003 @verbatim
8004 %{
8005 #include <stdio.h>
8006 char *yylval = NULL;
8007 %}
8008 %%
8009 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
8010 \n /* IGNORE */
8011 %%
8012 int
8013 main ()
8014 {
8015 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
8016 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
8017 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
8018 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
8019 return 0;
8020 }
8021 @end verbatim
8022
8023 If you compile and run this code, you get:
8024
8025 @example
8026 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8027 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8028 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8029 "one
8030 two", "two"
8031 @end example
8032
8033 @noindent
8034 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
8035 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
8036 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
8037 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
8038 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
8039 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
8040
8041 @example
8042 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8043 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8044 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8045 "two", "two"
8046 @end example
8047
8048
8049 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8050 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8051
8052 @display
8053 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8054 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8055 @end display
8056
8057 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8058 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8059 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8060 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8061 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8062 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8063 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8064
8065 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8066 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8067 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8068 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8069 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8070 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8071 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8072 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8073 compiler.
8074
8075 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8076 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8077
8078
8079 @node Multiple start-symbols
8080 @section Multiple start-symbols
8081
8082 @display
8083 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8084 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8085 multiple entry points.
8086 @end display
8087
8088 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8089 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8090 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8091 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8092 real start-symbol:
8093
8094 @example
8095 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8096 %start start;
8097 start: START_FOO foo
8098 | START_BAR bar;
8099 @end example
8100
8101 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8102 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8103
8104 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8105 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8106 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8107 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8108 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8109 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8110 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8111 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8112
8113 @example
8114 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8115 %%
8116 %@{
8117 if (start_token)
8118 @{
8119 int t = start_token;
8120 start_token = 0;
8121 return t;
8122 @}
8123 %@}
8124 /* @r{The rules.} */
8125 @end example
8126
8127
8128 @node Secure? Conform?
8129 @section Secure? Conform?
8130
8131 @display
8132 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8133 @end display
8134
8135 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8136 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8137 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8138 please send us a bug report.
8139
8140 @node I can't build Bison
8141 @section I can't build Bison
8142
8143 @display
8144 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8145 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8146 What should I do?
8147 @end display
8148
8149 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8150 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8151 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8152 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8153 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8154 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8155 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8156
8157
8158 @node Where can I find help?
8159 @section Where can I find help?
8160
8161 @display
8162 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8163 @end display
8164
8165 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8166 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8167 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8168 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8169 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8170 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8171 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8172 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8173 hearts.
8174
8175 @node Bug Reports
8176 @section Bug Reports
8177
8178 @display
8179 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8180 @end display
8181
8182 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8183 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8184 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8185 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8186 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8187
8188 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8189 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8190 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8191 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8192 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8193
8194 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8195 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8196 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8197 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8198 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8199 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8200
8201 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8202 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8203
8204 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8205
8206 @node Other Languages
8207 @section Other Languages
8208
8209 @display
8210 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8211 favorite language here}?
8212 @end display
8213
8214 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8215 languages; contributions are welcome.
8216
8217 @node Beta Testing
8218 @section Beta Testing
8219
8220 @display
8221 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8222 @end display
8223
8224 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8225 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8226 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8227 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8228 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8229 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8230 essentially halted.
8231
8232 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8233 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8234 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8235 systems are especially welcome.
8236
8237 @node Mailing Lists
8238 @section Mailing Lists
8239
8240 @display
8241 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8242 @end display
8243
8244 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8245
8246 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8247
8248 @node Table of Symbols
8249 @appendix Bison Symbols
8250 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8251 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8252
8253 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8254 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8255 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8256 @end deffn
8257
8258 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8259 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8260 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8261 @end deffn
8262
8263 @deffn {Variable} $$
8264 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8265 @xref{Actions}.
8266 @end deffn
8267
8268 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8269 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8270 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8271 @end deffn
8272
8273 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8274 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8275 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8276 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8277 @end deffn
8278
8279 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8280 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8281 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8282 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8283 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8284 Grammar}.
8285 @end deffn
8286
8287 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8288 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8289 @end deffn
8290
8291 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8292 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8293 Grammar Rules}.
8294 @end deffn
8295
8296 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8297 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8298 @end deffn
8299
8300 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8301 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8302 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8303 @end deffn
8304
8305 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8306 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8307 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8308 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8309 @end deffn
8310
8311 @deffn {Directive} %after-header @{@var{code}@}
8312 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file after the contents of the
8313 header file.
8314 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8315 @end deffn
8316
8317 @deffn {Directive} %before-header @{@var{code}@}
8318 Specifies code to be inserted into the code file before the contents of the
8319 header file.
8320 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8321 @end deffn
8322
8323 @deffn {Directive} %end-header @{@var{code}@}
8324 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8325 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file after any
8326 Bison-generated definitions.
8327 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%start-header}.
8328 @end deffn
8329
8330 @deffn {Directive} %start-header @{@var{code}@}
8331 Specifies code to be inserted both into the header file (if generated;
8332 @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the code file before any
8333 Bison-generated definitions.
8334
8335 @cindex Prologue
8336 @findex %before-header
8337 @findex %union
8338 @findex %end-header
8339 @findex %after-header
8340 For example, the following declaration order in the grammar file reflects the
8341 order in which Bison will output these code blocks. However, you are free to
8342 declare these code blocks in your grammar file in whatever order is most
8343 convenient for you:
8344
8345 @smallexample
8346 %before-header @{
8347 /* Bison treats this block like a pre-prologue block: it inserts it
8348 * into the code file before the contents of the header file. It
8349 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8350 * to put #include's that you want at the top of your code file. A
8351 * common example is `#include "system.h"'. */
8352 @}
8353 %start-header @{
8354 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8355 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is before any
8356 * Bison-generated token, semantic type, location type, and class
8357 * definitions. This is a good place to define %union
8358 * dependencies, for example. */
8359 @}
8360 %union @{
8361 /* Unlike the traditional Yacc prologue blocks, the output order
8362 * for the %*-header blocks is not affected by their declaration
8363 * position relative to any %union in the grammar file. */
8364 @}
8365 %end-header @{
8366 /* Bison inserts this block into both the header file and the code
8367 * file. In both files, the point of insertion is after the
8368 * Bison-generated definitions. This is a good place to declare or
8369 * define public functions or data structures that depend on the
8370 * Bison-generated definitions. */
8371 @}
8372 %after-header @{
8373 /* Bison treats this block like a post-prologue block: it inserts
8374 * it into the code file after the contents of the header file. It
8375 * does *not* insert it into the header file. This is a good place
8376 * to declare or define internal functions or data structures that
8377 * depend on the Bison-generated definitions. */
8378 @}
8379 @end smallexample
8380
8381 If you have multiple occurrences of any one of the above declarations, Bison
8382 will concatenate the contents in declaration order.
8383
8384 @xref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}.
8385 @end deffn
8386
8387 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8388 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8389 @end deffn
8390
8391 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8392 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8393 @end deffn
8394
8395 @ifset defaultprec
8396 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8397 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8398 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8399 Precedence}.
8400 @end deffn
8401 @end ifset
8402
8403 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8404 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8405 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8406 @end deffn
8407
8408 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8409 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8410 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8411 @end deffn
8412
8413 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8414 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8415 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8416 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8417 @end deffn
8418
8419 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8420 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8421 used in the grammar.
8422 @end deffn
8423
8424 @deffn {Symbol} error
8425 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8426 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8427 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8428 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8429 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8430 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8431 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8432 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8433 @end deffn
8434
8435 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8436 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8437 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8438 @end deffn
8439
8440 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8441 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8442 Summary}.
8443 @end deffn
8444
8445 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8446 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8447 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8448 @end deffn
8449
8450 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8451 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8452 @end deffn
8453
8454 @deffn {Directive} %left
8455 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8456 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8457 @end deffn
8458
8459 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8460 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8461 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8462 for Pure Parsers}.
8463 @end deffn
8464
8465 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8466 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8467 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8468 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8469 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8470 @end deffn
8471
8472 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix="@var{prefix}"
8473 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8474 @end deffn
8475
8476 @ifset defaultprec
8477 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8478 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8479 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8480 Precedence}.
8481 @end deffn
8482 @end ifset
8483
8484 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8485 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8486 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8487 @end deffn
8488
8489 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8490 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8491 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8492 @end deffn
8493
8494 @deffn {Directive} %output="@var{file}"
8495 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8496 Summary}.
8497 @end deffn
8498
8499 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8500 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8501 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8502 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8503 @end deffn
8504
8505 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8506 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8507 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8508 @end deffn
8509
8510 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8511 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8512 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8513 @end deffn
8514
8515 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8516 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8517 Require a Version of Bison}.
8518 @end deffn
8519
8520 @deffn {Directive} %right
8521 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8522 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8523 @end deffn
8524
8525 @deffn {Directive} %start
8526 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8527 Start-Symbol}.
8528 @end deffn
8529
8530 @deffn {Directive} %symbol-default
8531 Used to declare a default @code{%destructor} or default @code{%printer}.
8532 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8533 @end deffn
8534
8535 @deffn {Directive} %token
8536 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8537 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8538 @end deffn
8539
8540 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8541 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8542 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8543 @end deffn
8544
8545 @deffn {Directive} %type
8546 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8547 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8548 @end deffn
8549
8550 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8551 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8552 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8553 @code{error}.
8554 @end deffn
8555
8556 @deffn {Directive} %union
8557 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8558 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8559 @end deffn
8560
8561 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8562 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8563 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8564 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8565 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8566 @end deffn
8567
8568 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8569 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8570 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8571 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8572 @end deffn
8573
8574 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8575 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8576 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8577 @end deffn
8578
8579 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8580 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8581 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8582 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8583 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8584 @end deffn
8585
8586 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8587 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8588 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8589 @end deffn
8590
8591 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8592 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8593 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8594 @end deffn
8595
8596 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8597 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8598 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8599 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8600 @end deffn
8601
8602 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8603 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8604 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8605 @end deffn
8606
8607 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8608 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8609 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8610 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8611 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8612 @end deffn
8613
8614 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8615 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8616 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8617 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8618 @end deffn
8619
8620 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8621 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8622 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8623 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8624 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8625 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8626 @end deffn
8627
8628 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8629 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8630 @xref{Memory Management}.
8631 @end deffn
8632
8633 @deffn {Function} yylex
8634 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8635 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8636 @code{yylex}}.
8637 @end deffn
8638
8639 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8640 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8641 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8642 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8643 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8644 @end deffn
8645
8646 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8647 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8648 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8649 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8650 @code{yylex}.)
8651 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8652 grammar actions.
8653 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8654 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8655 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8656 @end deffn
8657
8658 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8659 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8660 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8661 @end deffn
8662
8663 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8664 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8665 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8666 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8667 @code{yylex}.)
8668 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8669 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8670 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8671 @end deffn
8672
8673 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8674 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8675 Management}.
8676 @end deffn
8677
8678 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8679 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8680 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8681 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8682 @end deffn
8683
8684 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8685 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8686 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8687 @end deffn
8688
8689 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8690 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8691 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8692 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8693 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8694 @end deffn
8695
8696 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8697 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8698 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8699 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8700 @end deffn
8701
8702 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8703 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8704 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8705 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8706 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8707 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8708 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8709
8710 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8711 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8712 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
8713 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
8714 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
8715 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
8716 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
8717 @end deffn
8718
8719 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
8720 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
8721 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
8722 @end deffn
8723
8724 @node Glossary
8725 @appendix Glossary
8726 @cindex glossary
8727
8728 @table @asis
8729 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
8730 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
8731 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
8732 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
8733 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8734
8735 @item Context-free grammars
8736 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
8737 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
8738 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
8739 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
8740 Grammars}.
8741
8742 @item Dynamic allocation
8743 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
8744 compile time or on entry to a function.
8745
8746 @item Empty string
8747 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
8748 character string of length zero.
8749
8750 @item Finite-state stack machine
8751 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
8752 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
8753 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
8754 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
8755 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
8756 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8757
8758 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
8759 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
8760 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
8761 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
8762 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
8763 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
8764 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
8765 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
8766
8767 @item Grouping
8768 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
8769 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
8770 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8771
8772 @item Infix operator
8773 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
8774 performs some operation.
8775
8776 @item Input stream
8777 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
8778
8779 @item Language construct
8780 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
8781 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
8782 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8783
8784 @item Left associativity
8785 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
8786 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
8787 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
8788
8789 @item Left recursion
8790 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
8791 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8792 Rules}.
8793
8794 @item Left-to-right parsing
8795 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
8796 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8797
8798 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
8799 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
8800 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
8801
8802 @item Lexical tie-in
8803 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
8804 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
8805
8806 @item Literal string token
8807 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
8808
8809 @item Lookahead token
8810 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
8811 Tokens}.
8812
8813 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
8814 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
8815 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
8816 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
8817
8818 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
8819 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
8820 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
8821
8822 @item Nonterminal symbol
8823 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
8824 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
8825 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
8826
8827 @item Parser
8828 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
8829 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
8830 analyzer.
8831
8832 @item Postfix operator
8833 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
8834 performs some operation.
8835
8836 @item Reduction
8837 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
8838 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
8839 Parser Algorithm}.
8840
8841 @item Reentrant
8842 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
8843 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
8844 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8845
8846 @item Reverse polish notation
8847 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
8848
8849 @item Right recursion
8850 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
8851 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
8852 Rules}.
8853
8854 @item Semantics
8855 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
8856 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
8857 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
8858
8859 @item Shift
8860 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
8861 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
8862 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
8863
8864 @item Single-character literal
8865 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
8866 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
8867
8868 @item Start symbol
8869 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
8870 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
8871 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
8872 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
8873
8874 @item Symbol table
8875 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
8876 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
8877 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
8878
8879 @item Syntax error
8880 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
8881 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8882
8883 @item Token
8884 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
8885 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
8886 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
8887 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
8888
8889 @item Terminal symbol
8890 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
8891 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
8892 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
8893 @end table
8894
8895 @node Copying This Manual
8896 @appendix Copying This Manual
8897
8898 @menu
8899 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
8900 @end menu
8901
8902 @include fdl.texi
8903
8904 @node Index
8905 @unnumbered Index
8906
8907 @printindex cp
8908
8909 @bye
8910
8911 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
8912 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
8913 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
8914 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
8915 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
8916 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
8917 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
8918 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
8919 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
8920 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
8921 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
8922 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
8923 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
8924 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
8925 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
8926 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
8927 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
8928 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
8929 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
8930 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
8931 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
8932 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
8933 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
8934 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm VCG notype
8935 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
8936 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx vcg tex leaderfill
8937 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
8938 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
8939 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex